#okay also I know it's been months but... one of you has to like this post or at least show you read/interacted with my
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
Pt 4 of forever teen Danny adopted JJ Tim and Red Hood Jason. Sorry if you're a Batman or Nightwing fan, I'm not nice to them in this one.
[Pt3: Here][pt5: coming soon]
The last 4 years have been a riot. Danny has 2 wonderful and slightly unhinged boys that he stole from the Bats. They've gotten in so many shenanigans, between normal vigilante shit, the Bats and/or ghost/supernatural hunters trying to bag them, and them just fucking around.
It's the most fun he's had in a while. They're good kids, but they, of course, have started branching out. They're 19 (Jason) and 17(Tim) now and don't necessarily want their dad following them around. So Danny gave them his personal summons just in case and made them promise to stay close together, the two of them are good at covering for the other's weaknesses. Like how Tim only being Liminal, he can take more hits from the ghost hunters that will clock Jason as a Revenant or Jason's supernatural strength taking out the bigger assholes that target Tim for his small size or Joker mannerisms.
So he tries not to worry, simply going to work and trusting them to either deal with any trouble themselves or summon him. And for 3 months they don't need to summon him once. But at the end of month 3, he feels it.
"Hey, Eddy! I got to go! My kids are in trouble!" Danny calls to his boss, already moving to somewhere there's less witnesses to see him poof.
"Okay! See ya! ...Wait, you have kids?" Danny doesn't answer, letting the summons take ahold and pull him through the fabric of reality.
A fun side effect of being summoned is that he always ends up in his High King form. The form is humanoid in the vaguest of sense. It's also just stars and the void of space. His eyes are giant stars and his mouth is too wide and full of rows and rows of needle-like teeth. A crown of ice smokes like dry ice on his head and the ring of rage is simple stripe of neon green on his right hand's middle finger (he thought it'd be funny to flip people off with it). All in all, he's terrifying for mortals to see unprepared.
And the cussing around him tells the people hassling his sons are NOT prepared.
"HOW THE FUCK DID YOU SUMMON THE GHOST KING???" A very distraught British man shrieks. Danny would feel bad, but this idiot is standing near the Bat and Nightwing AND Danny's sons are tied up in front of them.
"DAaaaAD!" Tim whines, flopping over to look at him. "They're trying to excorise Hoodie!"
"Are they now?" Danny hisses. His voice sounds like glaciers crashing together.
"Bats! What the fuck??? You didn't tell me THAT WAS THEIR DAD!" British man sounds on the brink of a mental breakdown.
"We've never seen this entity." Batman frowns.
"Yeah! They've been calling a ghost kid dad this whole time!" Nightwing defends. "How were we supposed to know they could summon this guy??"
"What...what did you say the "kid"'s name was?" British dude asks faintly.
"We didn't." Batman says.
"Weeell, Johnny-boy!" Jason sounds like he has a shit eating grin. "What they didn't tell you is our sweet ol' adoptive father is called Phantom~!"
"Oh goodie! We're so dead..." "Johnny" says and starts chugging his flask of probably alcohol. It suddenly clicks that this is the fabled John Constantine.
"You should know better than to take a job half-assed, John Constantine." Danny grins with teeth.
"Oh good, he knows my name.." Constantine mumbles to himself.
"Give me one good reason to not kill you all for trying to kill my son and kidnap the other." Danny waves a hand and slices his sons' bindings. "I have only been so patient with you bats because my sons are fond of you, but my patience is running out."
"Tim belongs with us! He needs help and healing!" Nightwing proclaims.
"I talk to a licensed therapist twice a week and take my meds every day! Try again, Big Birdie!!" Tim snarls. "Just because I'm not what you want me to be doesn't mean I'm a broken doll in need of saving!"
"Besides, don't you have a new bird to destroy?" Jason asks with a head tilt. "The second birdie died, the third got mentally fucked, the four died... I think we can count birdie #1 as mentally fucked up, meaning if we follow the pattern, birdie #5 will be mentally fucked by the time he flies the nest."
"How do you know so much about us, Red Hood?" Batman demands with a scowl.
"He doesn't have to tell you anything!" Tim steps in front of Jason and glares.
"I'm still waiting on a reason to not kill you." Danny reminds them. The bats look towards Constantine.
"Don't look at me, mates. That's head bitch of all head bitches. The fact he's letting you plead your case after threatening what he deems as his is a step up huge from most overpowered dead guys. From what I heard, the last guy would have just killed us the moment he was summoned and then destroyed the whole dimension afterwards. This guy beat that guy in single combat." Constantine pulls out a cigarette before addressing Danny, "Your Majesty, I had no idea these were your kids. I was just told a Revenant had kidnapped and "brainwashed" the ex-Robin. Clearly, I wasn't told accurate information."
Nightwing sputters, "What Do You Mean?? Clearly Tim has been brainwashed or something!!"
Constantine whips around to Nightwing, "Oh shut up, you big blue twit! King Phantom DESPISES mind control! Which means your ex-bird is with these two completely willingly."
"There's n-" Nightwing tries, but Constantine bulldozes on.
"I don't know what you did to the kid, nor do I care. But he's considered ROYALTY to the dead and undead now. He doesn't have to have ANYTHING to do with you. If you take him away from his new and apparently accepting family, that's considered an interdimensional crime, and no magician or supernatural or even god-like being will help you." Constantine takes a long drag of his cigarette. "I suggest you apologize, make your excuses, then leave them the fuck alone. Besides, chas been at a record low in Gotham from what I hear. Let them do what they want. "
"That's because Red Hood keeps killing the Rouges!" Nightwing protests. "Who gives him the right to be judge, jury, and executioner???"
Constantine points to Danny and says flatly. "The ruler of basically everything, that's who."
Danny grins at him, his ghost half is very pleased with the man. "I shall spare you, magic man."
Constantine looks like he's going to faint from relief, moving to park himself by the door. "Just fucking apologize and leave them be, Bats."
"But!" Nightwing looks like he's going to cry. He turns his teary eyes to Tim. "Why can't you just come home, Timmy?"
"What home?" Tim stares down his nose at Nightwing, anger clear in his voice. "The Manor was Never my home. I was simply the stand in for your and B's grief for a boy you both pushed to his death. Phantom showed me what family really was. And that was AFTER I was too broken for you to accept. I was NOT Joker Junior then or now. I'm my own fucking person and I'm staying with the family that accepts me for ALL my oddities."
"You tried to put him in Arkham when he tried to go to you." Red Hood growls. "He wanted your support and help and you were going to lock him up and throw away the key."
"We were n-"
"YOU WERE!" Tim starts to trembling in hurt and rage. "You couldn't even look at me! I wanted you so badly to help me and you were going to put me in there right next to Harley! I wanted you to be my family, but I've only ever been a tool to you!"
"You weren't-" Danny doesn't like how the Bats seem ready to jump at his kids, so he freezes the Bats' feet to the floor.
"Shut up, Dickwing." Jason snarls, pulling Tim into a hug. "You lost your chance to be his brother 4 years ago. Go pretend to care about the new cannon fodder. We don't want to hear it."
"Hood." Batman finally speaks. "Who are you?"
"Who do you think, old man?" Jason takes his hood off for the first time ever in front of the Bats. They visibly startle, recognizing him despite all the changes.
"Ja-" The Bat starts.
"Shut up." Jason glares. "You were a shit dad and brother to me in life. I found the BEST family in death."
Danny picks up his boys, deciding to let them decide on the severity of the Bats' punishment. "Maiming or death?"
"... I say maim, but only because I know the newest bird and want him to stay out of the death cult his mother's in." Jason says softly. The Bats sqawk as they Just realize Danny froze their feet to the floor. Mortal tools and fire can't break/melt his ice, but it's amusing to watch the bats try.
Tim is quiet for nearly 3 whole minutes, locked in some sort of internal battle, before he answers. "Maim in a, at least mostly, healable way. Gotham needs Batman, even if we don't."
"Hmm." Danny ignores the Bats' protests to think about what he should do. "Ah! I know exactly what to do!"
He unfreezes their feet and gently forces both to the ground and processes to break both of Nightwing's legs and both of Batman's arms. He pulls one of their coms off and hands it to Tim, he's the only one that sounds normal on normal tech. Jason hasn't been able to use normal tech since Danny fixed his ecto, so Danny modifies anything he or Jason use.
"Hi, Agent A! Batgirl!" Tim's cheerful tone barely hides his seething rage. "You should send a pick up for Dickiebird and B-man! They need medical attention! Ba-bye~!"
Danny can hear the shouting over the com, but Tim simply yeets it towards the Bats instead of listening to whatever they have to say.
"I have a reason for the injuries I picked." Danny informs the room. Jason and Tim look intrigued, Constantine looks exhausted and slightly guilty about the Bats getting hurt on his watch, and the Bats themselves look dazed and in pain, so who knows if they'll remember his reasonings. "Nightwing is an acrobat and truly a bird, so grounding him is cruel, but hopefully he feels as small and helpless as you both did. Grounding him will give him time to think on his actions and their consequences."
Danny's sons look curiously at the grounded Nightwing before looking back to him.
"I broke Batman's arms so that he's forced to ask for help and communicate. He's far too old for his shitty behavior." Danny frowns. "They both need therapy, but I doubt the flying furries will actually get the help they need."
Tim suddenly cackles in delight. "Maybe THEY should check THEMSELVES into Arkham! Ya know! Since they think I, the one ACTUALLY getting help, should be in there!"
Jason starts cackling alongside his brother while Danny chuckles.
"I shall take my children home now, good day." Danny says while wrapping his sons in his invisibility and intangibility and takes them home. A cozy 3 bedroom apartment on the top floor of a building Jason owns as Red Hood.
#tim drake#tw mental disorders#batfam shenanigans#danny phantom#danny fenton#jason todd#damian wayne#bruce wayne#dick grayson#john constantine#dc x dp#dpxdc#dp x dc crossover#tw body horror#tw bodily harm#tw threats#tw death mention#bad parent bruce wayne#bad sibling dick grayson
500 notes
·
View notes
Text
who's afraid of little old me? | [guilty as sin part six] | charles leclerc social media au
pairing: charles leclerc x sainz!reader
alls well that ends well.
MASTERLIST | SERIES MASTERLIST | TIP JAR
maxverstappen1



liked by pepemarti, oscarpiastri and 1,934,209 others
tagged: kimiantonelli, yourusername & charles_leclerc
maxverstappen1: ootd for court!
view all comments
user379: HE’S SUING CARLOS?
user380: i think i saw that he’s in switzerland which means he’s probably referring to the court of arbitration for sport
user381: so red bull defo have the data to back up the claim that carlos purposefully crashed into max?
user382: they’d be stupid not to have it and still risk going to CAS
user383: so how do i go about getting into the court room?
yourusername: it’s not particularly weird that i’ve taken my brother to court, but it was weird that i’ve now done it twice
maxverstappen1: save some court dates for the rest of us
oscarpiastri: soooooooo selfish of you
yourusername: well at least we all get to come this time!
charles_leclerc: can our next group trip please be to somewhere fun like ibiza or bali not COURT
yourusername: why? i clearly love it here?
charles_leclerc: but you love me more?
yourusername: why do you think i keep getting dragged to court?
maxverstappen1: because your brother is a prick?
yourusername: well there’s also that
user384: so like who is going to be live blogging this?
user385: can you live blog court proceedings?
user386: why haven’t sky managed to get ted kravitz in the court room?
user387: if i have to listen to him slander max for the rest of the year it’s the least they could do…
olliebearman: omg the silence in the comment section @yourusername you should’ve sued him sooner
maxverstappen1: hey! i’m the one suing him give me the credit
yourusername: yeah sorry ollie, unfortunately carlos sued ME the last time
pepemarti: @charles_leclerc i still think you’re a pussy for not speaking up during this…
charles_leclerc: I KNOW
charles_leclerc: I’M SORRY
yourusername: it’s okay baby, i’ve forgiven you
pepemarti: i haven’t
charles_leclerc: okay?
yourusername: he’s just protective 🥰
charles_leclerc: what the hell sure
user388: pepe marti i am fond of you
user389: surely one of these grid kids will live tweet?
yourusername: do NOT tempt them with a good time
WHAT ON EARTH IS HAPPENING IN THE HOUSE OF COMMONS (CAS?)
By BBC Sport
14:30
One of the most high-profile court cases in sport kicked off earlier this month and the rest of the world has been left baffled by the proceedings.
Max Verstappen, and his team Red Bull Racing, have taken Carlos Sainz, Ferrari driver for the 2024 season, to the Court of Arbitration for Sport following their crash in Azerbaijan.
The final lap at the circuit in Baku saw Sainz storm into the side of Verstappen’s Red Bull, pushing both cars into the concrete barriers at the street circuit. Although neither driver were seriously injured, Verstappen was kept overnight in the hospital for precautions, while Sainz was able to hop straight out of his wrecked car and into his private jet to his picturesque holiday spot.
Verstappen, ever the joker, immediately ran to social media where alongside his gang of other drivers and friend Y/N Sainz poked at the situation. It wasn’t until a couple of days after the incident that Sky Sports reported that Red Bull were enquiring into the possibility that this crash was on purpose, perhaps even with malicious intent.
The much-needed context to this crash doesn’t come from an on-track incident, in fact, it hardly has much to do with the sport at all. Y/N Sainz is an integral figure in this controversy. Earlier this year when it was revealed that her brother, Carlos, wouldn’t be resigning with Ferrari in favour of Lewis Hamilton, Carlos lashed out and revealed his sister’s years-long secret relationship with Sainz’s teammate at the time, Charles Leclerc.
Both Carlos Sainz Jr and Sr immediately threw accusations against their own blood of backstabbing and betrayal, despite it being very clear that Y/N Sainz was none the wiser to Ferrari’s move.
Y/N Sainz is far removed from Formula 1 aside from her relation to Carlos and her relationship with Charles. Y/N Sainz is a successful author who prior to this incident seemed to be in good favour with her family.
Amongst the fallout, further accusations flew from both parties. Y/N accused her father and brother of attempting to sell her off in the paddock for favours from teams while her brother and father regurgitated their points of her supposedly being a ‘gold digger’.
The first round of this controversy also culminated in a courtroom. Sainz Sr took his own daughter to court, claiming that he was entitled to all of her earnings from her book sales. It must also be noted here that those court proceedings exposed that Y/N had never had a bank account of her own, rather that all of her earnings were funnelled to her father to which she was then given a stipend.
Y/N won that court case, as it’ll be likely that her close friend Verstappen will win his. It was ordered that Sainz Sr had to pay back all of her earnings alongside damages. However, it was not the win she had hoped for as Ferrari had a gag order on her boyfriend, meaning she went through the proceedings alone, with distant support from Verstappen and Oscar Piastri.
Following worldwide outrage, this gag order was dropped and the pair were reunited and attended races again as a united front - even picking up a group of rookies that stuck to the side of Y/N.
Leclerc even commented following the crash that he felt it was meant for him, which reinforced the theory that it was premeditated. We’ll keep you updated as the court proceedings continue.
15:30
It is to BBC’s understanding that texts between Sainz Jr and Sr have been revealed to the court that imply a plan to cause as much damage before they are ousted at the end of the season. The texts themselves do not state that Verstappen was the intended target, that incident seemed to be a crime of opportunity. Rather, that Ferrari and Leclerc were the targets of their rage but fortunately for Leclerc in Baku, he was simply too fast for Sainz to catch.
Amongst the texts was on damning one, ‘I’ll put that mongasque cunt in the wall as many times as I can to make sure Y/N can only have her happily ever after with a cripple or a headstone’.
It’s shaping up to be a slam dunk against Carlos Sainz as Red Bull prepare to present their telemetry evidence.
16:45
Our court side reporter states that Red Bull’s telemetry data was damning. Another ‘betrayal’ for the male Sainz contingent as Ferrari happily complied with Red Bull’s investigation, handing over all of the data which conclusively proved that Sainz purposefully crashed into and endangered Max Verstappen.
We now just wait on the final verdict.
17:38
GUILTY!
Carlos Sainz Jr has been given a guilty verdict for endangering a fellow athlete with malicious intent. The Court of Arbitration of Sport has ruled that Sainz is hereby banned from Formula One indefinitely. He will not complete his final season with Ferrari and his entry to the paddock will be monitored on a case-by-case basis.
This is a landmark ruling in the sport but you can’t help but think it was necessary. The sport is dangerous enough, it was simply too dangerous to have a man who admitted in texts to wanting to inflict as much damage as possible on another driver.
yourusername



liked by logansargeant, pepemarti and 2,762,092 others
yourusername: family is not always the people you are born to but the people who you find along the way
view all comments
user390: yeah sis this is cute and all but like your biggest opp just got taken out back and shot let’s dance on his grave a lil bit
pepemarti: dw i’m doing the hoedown throwdown for the whole team 🫡
user391: you’ve just earned stanship good sir
pepemarti: i don’t play about my first celebrity crush
yourusername: you’re making me feel old josep
charles_leclerc: also can you like stop doing the hoedown throwdown you’re being the worst upstairs neighbour ever right now
pepemarti: just because carlos plotted to kill you doesn’t mean you have to take my shine 😖
user391: this is all a bit chill for idk the historic court ruling that just happened
user392: i mean if i were them i’d be getting crunk and celebrating
user393: one of them is literally doing the hoedown throwdown right now???
oscarpiastri: you guys don’t even want to know what max is doing right now
yourusername: yeah lets keep that off the internet for now
user394: not even one morsel queen?
charles_leclerc: max has been arguing (with himself) for an HOUR over how he should give y/n away at her wedding because he BASICALLY DIED for her
maxverstappen1: i don’t detect any lies…
yourusername: you didn’t die though did you
maxverstappen1: i COULD HAVE???
maxverstappen1: if carlos’ aim was better i would be splattered across the concrete walls of baku…
kimiantonelli: GROSS
maxverstappen1: i know kimi, it is gross that they’re minimising my trauma
charles_leclerc: okay buddy we bought you a couple gin and tonics for your trouble
maxverstappen1: SILENCE BOY
yourusername: how could we possibly repay you max?
maxverstappen1: charles could let me past on track?
charles_leclerc: i would rather let carlos make road kill of you
yourusername: CHARLES?
charles_leclerc: too soon?
maxverstappen1: and to think i was going to offer to take lando out for you?
yourusername: you don’t really need prompting for that?
maxverstappen1: it’s the thought that counts !!!
olliebearman: i know linkedin is sick of my ass
olliebearman: thanks for the ferrari drive charles, max and y/n!!!!
yourusername: what the hell, sure you’re welcome ollie
maxverstappen1: i know how you can repay me…
charles_leclerc: don’t listen to him ollie!
maxverstappen1: just got the biggest pain in your ass sent to the shadow realm but god forbid i ask for a cheeky tow
user395: after the absolute shitshow that was the ferrari gag order and the first trial… i prayed for times like this
user396: what will i do now i no longer have carlos to dunk on?
oscarpiastri: real haters find a way
f1



liked by maxverstappen1, olliebearman and 1,308,293 others
tagged: landonorris, oscarpiastri & charles_leclerc
f1: you might have been distracted by the off track drama… but we’re back and the title battle is probably a lot closer than you think… lando is leading the championship, with oscar following three points behind and charles just four points back from him. can ferrari finally clinch a championship in the second half of the season?
view all comments
user397: oh i lowkey forgot about this sport
user398: i was too deep in the how to get away with murder court room drama
user399: you people are what’s wrong with the sport
user400: and not the guy who tried to kill another driver based on the fact that he’s insecure about his sister’s relationship
user401: bro gets indefinitely banned from the sport for a malicious crash and somehow “DTS fangirls” are still the issue for these men
user402: make it make sense
charles_leclerc: what off track drama?
yourusername: we were just enjoying a family trip to switzerland
maxverstappen1: a very cultural trip i will say
olliebearman: the chocolate was yummers
oscarpiastri: never say yummers again
olliebearman: omg god forbid i want to get whimsy with my language choices
oscarpiastri: i think if anyone here is the authority on words it’s the literal author
yourusername: i ain’t getting involved in this nonsense
olliebearman: Y/N ???
user403: oh she really is a MOTHER
user404: I can’t believe my favourite driver has been banned because his sister couldn’t keep it in her pants
user405: and charles kept it in his?
user404: well yes he was clearly seduced
user406: how has this been an argument for over a year and yall are still coming to this conclusion
user407: it’s called hating women babe
user408: but like what do i do with my carlos merch now
user409: you still had that shit?
kimiantonelli: burn it!!!!
yourusername: kimi no!
kimiantonelli: kimi yes!
charles_leclerc: oh wait there’s a damn championship to win
charles_leclerc: idk how to focus just on racing after the past year omg
yourusername: get to winning mr
charles_leclerc: for you, of course
yourusername: i might be in love with you, hopelessly so, but i’m still a part of the tifosi HURRY UP
user410: y/n’s priorities have always been the realest
olliebearman: she just made me cookies and then said if i don’t protect charles from the world’s greatest evil (mclaren) then i’m disowned
landonorris: how are we the worlds greatest evil when your brother and dad plotted to kill charles and nearly killed max
yourusername: i thought i had you blocked?
landonorris: I’M SORRY
yourusername: i… don’t give a fuck - sorry!
charles_leclerc



liked by olliebearman, maxverstappen1 and 3,109,377 others
tagged: yourusername
charles_leclerc: it’s been a tough ol year this one. alongside a tough title battle, we’ve fought tough personal battles as well. no matter what happens tomorrow, i will forever be grateful to have the most wonderful woman at my side. i love you y/n, this is the start of the rest of our life and i’ll do whatever i can to make you the happiest woman in the world.
view all comments
user411: tough personal battles - and it was him having no backbone
user412: i mean in the court case it literally came out he had a gag order…
user413: well he should sort his gag reflex and get to sucking off
user413: the metaphor got wholly lost there my bad
user413: point is they would’ve had to put my ass in space to keep me from my love who also happens to be the Y/N SAINZ
user414: always saying what we’re all thinking
charles_leclerc: i’m not sucking off fred
user415: i don’t think -
yourusername: oh baby there’s a reason i’m the writer in this household
charles_leclerc: let me live !!!
user416: oh i am so glad that bros biggest personal battle now is reading comprehension
user417: happens to the best of us
user418: idk my brain doesn’t automatically go to sucking off my boss
charles_leclerc: I DIDN’T REALISE
charles_leclerc: IT WAS A BAD METAPHOR
charles_leclerc: @user414 you will pay for your crimes
maxverstappen1: bro can’t read lol
charles_leclerc: SHUT THE FUCK UP
charles_leclerc: did i or did i not write a very cute caption for this post
yourusername: yes! it is very lovely darling
charles_leclerc: HAH
user417: personally i think i could make y/n happier if i am given the chance
charles_leclerc: nuh uh
user418: bro is scared
charles_leclerc: no !!!
user419: he knows he’s outnumbered
oscarpiastri: he’s started pacing
yourusername: guys, i appreciate the sentiment but please refrain from threatening my boyfriend
user420: i demand a TRIAL BY COMBAT
yourusername: girl this ain’t game of thrones
user421: just because charles won’t fight for your hand…
charles_leclerc: YES I WILL I’LL FIGHT ALL OF YOU
olliebearman: my dad has officially gone crazy - and before i solidly made it into the will, you hate to see it
pepemarti: i can’t believe i’m missing out on a charles meltdown 😩
oscarpiastri: he’s shadow boxing with max and i’m pretty sure max is just biding his time to get a hit in on him
maxverstappen1: and that’s for the inchident motherfucker
yourusername: okay! time to stop!
charles_leclerc: this was meant to be a nice post 😖
yourusername: you know i love you baby
yourusername: let’s go win this championship
maxverstappen1: or lose it to me, i don’t mind
charles_leclerc: MAX???
yourusername: really?
maxverstappen1: omg he could win his first championship and now a man can’t make a joke?
yourusername



liked by maxverstappen1, oscarpiastri and 3,987,019 others
tagged: charles_leclerc
yourusername: i won’t make this post all about karma, but good things come to those who wait… i’m overwhelmingly proud of my boy that i don’t quite know how to put it into words. there’s just something about seeing the person you love achieve their dreams, it’s otherworldly, just like charles. you said this was the start of the rest of our lives? i couldn’t think of a better way to start
view all comments
user422: well if you won't i will
user423: KARMA
fernandoalo_oficial: karma
user424: FERNANDO?
fernandoalo_oficial: KARMA! do i make myself clear
user425: omg the old man said fuck that guy
user426: the two carlos fans left just fell to their knees
user427: TWO? generous.
olliebearman: i COULD !!!!
charles_leclerc: oliver, no meddling
olliebearman: you just won the championship would it kill you to be a little more fun?
charles_leclerc: as much as i love you peoples annoyingly persistent presence in my life, lets leave some things to us
olliebearman: ANNOYING?
olliebearman: after i just won you a championship?
yourusername: ollie...
olliebearman: did i or did i not hold up lando?
landonorris: for like three laps?
olliebearman: CEASE SPEAKING TO ME
charles_leclerc: thank you ollie, those three laps 100% did it
olliebearman: you're welcome ☺️
yourusername: he's such a good dad omg
maxverstappen1: that's one way to put it
user428: bro won the world championship and immediately went into dad mode
user429: i fear y/n might need to make the man a father
oscarpiastri: HE'S A FATHER ALREADY
kimiantonelli: us erasure
pepemarti: there's not enough room for an actual child sorry
yourusername: ???
charles_leclerc: you guys are not helping in any way ever for anything
charles_leclerc: i don't think it'll set in for a long while, but i know now and forever that i love you and that i'm glad you've been by my side through all of it
yourusername: the pleasure has been all mine
maxverstappen1: believe me WE KNOW
yourusername: MAX?
maxverstappen1: sorry i just 100% heard you guys in the drivers room and am SCARRED but yeah you guys go back to being all lovey dovey
kimiantonelli: drivers room?
maxverstappen1: i protected your innocence, never say i don't do things for you people again
user430: well at least we know he didn't just get lucky on track
yourusername: gUYS?
charles_leclerc: anyway!
charles_leclerc: i love you !!! and your strength has inspired me since i met you and all throughout this season!
yourusername: i need you to know that i love you and i would do this all again 100 times if i meant that i would still be with you and see us achieve our dreams
charles_leclerc: you have my heart, forever and always
yourusername: as do you, you're my 1
user431: they're so sickeningly sweet
user432: thinking about a wedding... i might die
user433: it's defo happening - i can see right through you ollie
olliebearman: I SAID NOTHING
charles_leclerc: ugh. ollie !!!!!
yourusername: be patient charles - you chose him as a kid
charles_leclerc: well let me know when we can make our own and we can get busy
maxverstappen1: ENOUGH.
fin. EPILOGUE COMING SOON...
note: yes guys i did fall into a hole and forget about this blog - jokes! but life did get super busy, so i just had to get this out before i go on holiday this weekend !!! i hope you enjoyed and can now enjoy reading guilty as sin in its entirety (well, nearly). i have a long journey so i will be working on my other WIPs lol don't worry.
taglist: @2pagenumb @marshmummy @dullypully @scott-mccall-could-lift-mjolnir @minkyungseokie @sarah-thatstings-ann @callsignwidow @six-call @babyphotos0325 @velentine @honethatty12 @halleest @bruinsfan234 @woozarts @jaydaaasworld @random-human02 @blueberry64857959 @shimmermotorsport @xoscar03 @danielshoe @deamus-liv @jiminssmallpinkyy @eugene-emt-roe @emryb @aadu2173 @rhythmstars @booksandflowrs @2bormaybenot @firelily-mimi @evie-119 @mehrsdigitaldiary @sltwins @bibissparkles @evans-dejong @eiaaasamantha @23victoria @venusacrossthestars @boywondrgrayson @rare2306 @sinarainbows @chaoticbouquetangel @awritingtree @armystay89 @ggrgcribg @ct2302 @czennieszn @swangelss @sumlovesjude @hashmiya @airsky27 @chaoticbouquetangel @chenlesbitxh @iamkaku @scorpiomindfuck @samantha-chicago @trevuorzegras @personwhoisther @green-thots @madszoca @silentreader128 @buckybarnessweetheart @justzluv@toldyouitwasamelodrama @crowsnfrogs @charlesgirl16 @reguluscrystals @hiireadstuff @destinyg237 @mael1pastry @sweet-creature98 @changetyre @eclipsedcherry @its-elias-world @brune77e @exotic-iris13 @alenix @sheridamn @boherahpsody @e-nonsense @vogueprincess @loloekie @dckgzz @cluvsya
#f1 imagine#f1 x reader#f1 instagram au#f1 x you#f1#f1 social media au#charles leclerc imagine#charles leclerc#charles leclerc x reader#charles leclerc fluff#charles leclerc x you#charles leclerc fanfic#scuderia ferrari#guilty as sin?
765 notes
·
View notes
Text
As a quick rundown:
you cant block people on the site yet
there is no self-censorship option. You cannot add a clickable filter over your own works
they say that the no-nipple rule is because they use Stripe, and Stripe's terms of service are strict about not allowing any sort of nsfw content. They took down the onsite marketplace, which is what Stripe was being used for, and still said they wouldnt remove the no-nipple rule because they "may use Stripe in the future."
They sell merchandise with the logo on it (which includes baby onesies)
you can literally get blocked from the discord server if you hurt a staff member's feelings (good luck figuring it out, though! my friend who got blocked in February still hasn't received an email back explaining why they got banned!)
They didn't disclose their developments for almost a goddamn year, and it's because it took me and multiple users consistently bugging the staff about transparency
They have deleted art of post-op shirtless transmascs before but then immediately backed down when myself and a few others pressed them on this issue, and said it was okay to post nipples ONLY if it was a post-op transmasc
people will post gooner bait all the time but bc no genitals or nipples are showing, it's perfectly fine and acceptable.
they only have 2-4 people moderating ALL of the content on the website.
Upper management consistently ignored feedback from the accessibility committee THEY ORGANIZED. When someone from the accessibility committee pushed back and asked about this, they were figuratively demoted in the server
They only recently hired another backend developer. Only one person had been working on the site the entire time, and said person had to develop a website with over 100,000+ users
they have four discord mods for a 6,000+ server, and they only get paid $125 a month
One person handles compiling like 75% of the community feedback, and has had to work way more than any one employee should. If this person quit, I genuinely think the community would collapse, and that's a problem
You will get in trouble if you yourself use too many swear words on the server
There are not a lot of boundaries in place for adult artists and minor artists. This has led to some super fucking messy interactions my god.
They will give a special spotlight to certain contributors on Unvale, which means they get a little shoutout on their official blog, and a special chat in the discord with the mods/staff. This means their feedback is more immediately seen. However, these "Superstars" are also expected to do moderation for the server, as theyre supposed to be "role models" for the community
You cannot delete your account UNLESS YOU JOIN THE DISCORD, AND SUBMIT A SPECIAL REQUEST FOR THEM TO DELETE YOUR ACCOUNT.
For months, they constantly complained they could not implement many of the moderation features and what have you that people were requesting, because they did not have enough staff. They kept advertising on youtube, instagram, and other socmed platforms however. They only recently hired new moderators and developers.
Nobody knows where their money is coming from. There are no advertisements on the site, they refuse donations, and they refuse volunteer work. There's no premium membership, either. Genuinely, the only sources of money I've found were from a wefundr campaign, and from Casey's venture capital companies. I must once again repeat that Stripe is no longer used on the website. They took down their artist marketplace.
I'm not going to disclose all of my sources for this information, because the sources are from good people on the Unvale staff who genuinely have their hearts in the right place. Some of this, too, is purely anecdotal evidence from my own experiences. There are a lot of good artists in the discord server and I've made so many wonderful friends. But that's...kind of the problem. I used the discord more than the website.
I wanted Unvale to be good. I wanted it to improve. But after months of giving the same feedback over and over, and with users who had been using it for even longer giving the same feedback I did...It started feeling less like the founders actually cared about artists and the community, and more about growth.
The site was founded in 2021, before the huge AI boom to be fair. However, based on Toyhouse forums I've looked at and talking to more seasoned users, it sounds like the site was very different back in 2021. I don't think Unvale is exploitative, so much as mismanaged.
TLDR; Unvale needs a lot more time to bake before anyone should consider using it. In the meantime, use Cara, Characterhub or Toyhouse. Watermark and Glaze/Nightshade your art.
A fight we can win together
Hello, Tumblr. It’s Casey and Bri, founders of Unvale. We’re reaching out to those who are as frustrated about generative AI as we are. Right now, it feels like we’re in a battle of technology against creatives. A battle of greed against humanity.
As the founders of Unvale, a creative platform that’s 100% AI-free, it has been disheartening to see the rise of AI online. Our team stands opposed to every AI tech company that is trying to remove creatives from the creative process. Big social platforms are already ingesting your content, your voice, and your likeness, building a model that will take opportunities away from real people. It’s disgusting, and it should be illegal. We have to push back. The platform we are building is already home to over 200,000 aspiring artists, writers, and creatives looking to develop their stories and share their work. We believe that the future of creativity should remain human-made, and we want to give anyone passionate about an idea a shot at creating something spectacular. AI is the cheap, quick win. We know that building something meaningful takes time and effort, but it’s also immensely rewarding. Like creatives, we believe in the power of human creativity.
Right now, Unvale could use your help. If you believe in our anti-AI message, please consider:
Spreading our message. If you already love Unvale or just resonate with what we’re saying, please share our platform with others. We are a platform for humans, and we need humans to advocate for us, not bots.
Joining our platform. It’s free to sign-up, and it’s a great site to slowly build your characters, your worlds, and your amazing stories in an AI-free space with big potential.
Never stop creating. We need flawed, genuine, thoughtfully-crafted art in our world. It’s the only way we make new things. We need it to let the next generation know that creatives aren’t going anywhere.
We grew up spending most of our time in human-made, fantastical worlds, from Star Wars to D&D campaigns. We know how escaping into these worlds can literally save you. And we’re not going to let AI win without a fight.
This is a fight we can win together.
Written, not generated, by,
Casey and Bri https://unvale.io
5K notes
·
View notes
Text
magnum opus :: [H.H] x reader
read on AO3



summary: you get a call at 3AM from a number you should've blocked ages ago. you subsequently make three mistakes.
pairing: hwang hyunjin x reader
tropes: exes to lovers, artist!hyunjin, artist x muse, grapheme-color and emotional synesthesia, angst-to-smut, post breakup yearning, hurt-comfort kinda
smut warning: semi drunk sex, dry humping, desperate hyunjin (like, very desperate), begging, biting, pussy eating, slow, needy sex, unprotected sex (use condoms ppl), slightly dubious consent at first, vaginal fingering
content warning: hyunjin has a drinking problem, mentions of past arguments and previous toxic behaviors
word count: 10.9k
author's note: this was supposed to be another plotless smut but I couldn't help myself lol. also i did not edit this. if you see typos no you didn't. enjoy!
A sound penetrates your subconscious, worming its way into your dream until you blink awake, eyes dry and not yet used to the darkness of your room. It takes a second to orient yourself, to recognize that the sound is real and coming from your phone. The digital clock by your charger reads 3:24 AM.
Had you been more awake, you would recognize the ringtone, or would have seen the caller ID. This is mistake number one of the night.
You swipe accept on the call, eyes still blurry and thick with sleep. You clear your throat, which proves useless when your words still come out croaky and garbled.
“Hello?”
“Hi, pretty girl.”
It feels like ice has been doused down your spine. You shoot straight up in bed, the hairs at the nape of your neck standing fully at attention.
You know this voice.
It's an entirely unique voice. A voice splattered with colors and textures you can't begin to comprehend. But even if it weren't, you know it would still be etched in your brain forever. Your hand shakes as you pull the phone from your ear to glance at the contact name.
‼️DO NOT ANSWER (Hyunjin)‼️
Oh fuck.
This has to be a dream.
You hear his voice crackle through the speakers one more time, his words unclear with the distance you created. Hyunjin shouldn't be calling you, and you certainly shouldn't have answered. It would be wise to hang up, to block his number like you thought about doing so many times. Instead, when you hear more crackling as he continues speaking, you hold your breath as you put the phone back to your ear.
This is mistake number two.
“-- you there, love?”
You swallow thickly, willing your mind to wake up faster so you can fully comprehend what is happening. You feel like you're floating. Or drowning.
"I didn't expect you to pick up."
Your heart hammers in your chest.
"Are you okay?" You ask after a few beats of silence. It's the only thing you can think to ask.
You hear a deep hum of contentment. “Yeah. Better now.”
The air in the room suddenly feels too cold. You should hang up. You need to hang up. But your fingers refuse to uncurl from the death grip you have on your phone. “Why… why are you calling me?”
You hear the distant sounds of the city on his end of the line, padded by his breathing. It sounds labored. Manual, like he's reminding himself every so often to inhale and exhale, too busy chasing a fading feeling. You could recognize that specific pattern of his breath anywhere. You close your eyes, letting out a deep sigh.
"Are you drunk?"
"No," he murmurs. "Maybe. I don't know."
That translates to a yes.
You pinch the bridge of your nose with your fingers. This is why you don't answer his calls. This is why you should've blocked him months ago. You feel the tension of the moment fizzle into nothing but annoyance. "It's four in the morning. Why did you call me?"
Hyunjin lets out a soft whine, his breath picking up.
"I miss you."
His words land like a punch to your chest, knocking the wind out of you. A simple string of words in that pitiful, whining tone of his, and you already feel like putty in his hands.
You hate this. You hate him.
You want to scream at him. Tell him that this is bullshit. He's bullshit. That you've been trying so hard to stay away from him. But your heart is pounding so hard that you can feel it in your throat.
"No you don't,” you decide to be civil. “You're just drunk."
"But I know what I'm saying."
The civility only lasts so long. “Oh, fuck off," you breathe. There is no real power behind it, but it's better than nothing. "Don't say stuff like that."
He starts to speak, but a nearby train cuts him off. You think about taking the opportunity to hang up, but as much as you don't want to hear what he says next, you're powerless to stop yourself from listening.
"I missed your voice so much, pretty girl." The laziness of his tongue makes the words sound like something entirely new. "I missed hearing you say my name. Can you do that for me, baby? Can you say my name? Please?"
His words are slurred and heavy. You shouldn't be entertaining this. He won't remember this conversation in the morning, too busy with his extravagant artist lifestyle and the swarms of other girls that want his attention. You'll be a distant memory floating around his hippocampus with nothing to tether to, like an itch he will never find.
"Why?"
He lets out a shaky breath, the undercurrent of a whine coating his tone. "Please, baby." The desperation in his voice fills your chest and makes it squeeze tight. "Say it for me?"
You are weak to his voice, but the distant, angrier part of you refuses to let it affect you. He doesn't get to just call you in the middle of the night and ask you to talk to him. Not when he's had months to do that and hasn't bothered.
"No."
You hear him swallow thickly, a slight shift in his breathing as he lets out a short, humorless laugh. You wait for him to speak again, but you're met with nothing but silence. It stretches long enough that you wonder if he hung up, but then—
"I miss you so much, angel."
Six words.
It's only six words, but they hurt worse than anything else he could've said to you. You don't know if it's because you think he doesn't mean them, or because you hope that he does.
Regardless, emotion swells so quickly in your chest, you feel like you're going to be sick. You can't do this. You can't keep letting him do this to you.
"I have to go," you say finally, voice trembling.
"Don't hang up." He sounds panicked. "Please don't hang up. I need to hear your voice."
Your face feels hot, the back of your nose beginning to burn. You will not let him hear you cry. "No, Hy–” You stop yourself. “I can't do this with you anymore."
"Please, baby. Please. I need you. I can't stop thinking about you. I miss you."
That damned phrase again. Your breath stutters in your chest, words coming out softer than you intend. "You don't mean that."
"I do, pretty girl. I promise."
You shake your head as if he could see you. You wish he could see you through the phone— to see what exactly he's done to you, how he destroyed you. You know he doesn't mean any of this, that they're just the chosen lies from tonight's bottle of vodka.
There's shuffling on the line for a second. Then—
"Can I see you. Please?"
You close your eyes, the tears you tried so hard to fight spilling over and sliding down your face until they make fat plopping noises on your sheets. No. He can't see you. You can't do this with him anymore. You need to hang up. This has to stop.
"Okay."
And this is your final, biggest mistake.
—
You're not sure why, but you don't believe he'll actually show up.
You've played this game with him before, right after the two of you broke up. You remember the anxious anticipation whirling in your stomach while you waited for him one night, and how the first rays of the sunrise curdled it in your stomach. You suppose his way with words was what made him a good artist anyway—there is no surprise there.
So when you hear two raps at your front door, there is some surprise there.
You wipe the tears from your face quickly, running a hand through your hair and praying it isn't as wild as it feels. You glance in the mirror by your front door, giving yourself a once-over to make sure you're presentable enough, but you shake your head and stop yourself. It's not like he hasn't seen you at your worst before.
When you open the door, Hyunjin is standing in front of you, illuminated only by the soft glow of the street lamps on your block. He looks exhausted.
"Hi, angel."
You blink slowly, suddenly regretting every decision that brought you to this moment.
"You're here."
He smiles. It doesn't reach his eyes. "You look tired. Did I wake you up?"
You fight the urge to roll your eyes at his question, stepping aside to let him in. "Yes. It's four in the morning. Obviously you did."
He has the decency to at least look sheepish as he stumbles past you, looking around your apartment with a faraway expression on his face. You can smell the alcohol on him. It makes you incredibly dizzy.
He toes his shoes off and you watch him quietly, something stirring in your chest. He remembers. You didn't have to remind him about the no-shoe rule.
The realization sends a course of emotion through you that you cannot parse, so instead, you choose to focus on shutting and locking the door behind you.
It's been a full six months since Hyunjin has been in your apartment. It may not be that long in the grand scheme of things, but the two of you used to spend almost every waking moment together, especially when you were dating. You had grown accustomed to having him around so much, his absence left an aching hole in your life, your home, your bed.
When you gain the courage to turn around, you see that he's standing at the threshold of your living room. Hyunjin looks like he belongs here, yet somehow he also doesn't. This isn't the same Hyunjin from your final weeks together—the one that you screamed at until you couldn't breathe. This isn't the same Hyunjin that, in the middle of your last fight, pressed himself against the front door, caging you in your own apartment while you cried and begged him to let you leave.
That Hyunjin was different. He had meticulously styled hair and sunglasses that cost more than your rent. He was swimming in his quick rise to success, riding the wave and content to let you drown under him.
You look at present-Hyunjin, who's now peeling off the hood of his oversized sweater. There are no sunglasses. no neatly styled hair. They are replaced by a blonde buzzcut, and watery, red eyes that cannot stay focused.
It would be easy to see him as a stranger, an intrusion, but you can't. It just feels like he's come home.
You're staring for so long, you don't realize until he looks over at you from his awkward stance by the couch.
"Are you gonna come over here?"
You take a few steps toward him, but not too close. You are a flame and he is a gas leak. You will both explode on contact.
You choose, instead, to play offense. "What are you doing here?"
He looks around your living room, fingers twitching like they're begging for something to hold. He won't meet your gaze. After a bit, he lets out a deep exhale.
"I don't know."
"Why did you call me?"
"I don't know."
"Do you know anything?”
He glances at you, his already watery eyes looking dejected and tearful, and your heart stutters in your chest. You wish you could hold steady to your hate for him. Sometimes it slips through your fingers like sand, leaving you scrambling to catch the pieces. Other times it's solid as glass. You wish it was always like that. You want to shove it in his face and let him suffocate under the weight of it.
But that look. The tears, the pain. You recognize it. It's a mirror of the same look you gave him when he broke up with you: heartbreak, rejection, confusion.
You can't do this. You're going to cry. Or pass out. He shouldn't have come.
You open your mouth to say just that when he turns fully toward you, closing the gap a bit more. He's always towered over you– he's six feet tall and you're barely 5’1 on a good day– yet you find the intrusion surprising for a moment. You trail your sight all the way up to gaze into those red, unfocused eyes.
"You never say my name anymore," he says, the slur in his speech making a subtle appearance. He's wobbly on his feet. "Never on the phone, and not once since I've been here. Why?"
The question takes you by surprise. "What?"
"My name," he presses. He takes a step toward you, his presence pushing you one step back. "Why don't you say it anymore?"
You take another step back as he advances. You're not scared of him, you never could be, but the closer he gets the faster your heart beats. He's staring at you with an intensity you've never seen before, not even when you were together.
"I don't know," you echo. The lie is bitter in your mouth.
"Yes you do." He looks at you with those unfocused eyes, hurt flashing across his features. He takes another step. "You do know. You used to say it all the time, like my name was..." He trails off, his fingers twitching at his sides again, like he's trying to grasp something invisible. "Like it was yours."
You take a final step back, your spine hitting the wall. Hyunjin doesn't stop until he's a single step away from you, his chest so close to yours that you have to tilt your head back to look at him.
"Don't,” you warn.
"Say it," he pleads. His hands are shaking, and you're beginning to recognize that it's not the effects of the alcohol, but a raw desperation. He's literally shaking with need. "Please. Just once."
You exhale slowly through your nose, willing your anger to come to the forefront. You feel the start of it in your bones, boiling hot and ready to lash out.“Why would I say it now? You only listened when it was convenient for you.”
His brow furrows, confusion warring with the lingering haze of alcohol. "What are you talking about?"
The words feel hot like bile in your stomach, the heat of your anger boiling everything in you. He's too close. You're getting too angry. You should stop now, kick him out and block his number.
But Hyunjin closes the gap, his shaking hand reaching to cup your face. He barely connects with your skin before you feel the explosion.
"Don't touch me," you bark, jerking away from his hand. The hurt that flashes across his face only fuels your anger more. "You don't get to do this. You don't get to-- to come here, drunk and desperate, pretending like you care about what my voice means to you–"
"I do care," he insists, his voice cracking. "I've always—"
"No, you don't," The words tear from your throat, sharp and raw. You put both hands on his chest and shove him away from you with all of your strength. He stumbles back, but he's still not far enough.
"You stopped caring the minute that painting made you famous. The minute everyone wanted to know about the hot new painter with synesthesia and raw talent.”
It’s the first time you've said the words out loud. They taste like acid on your lips, and you hate that, but not more than how much you hate the way your eyes burn with tears.
You let the weight of your words settle between the two of you like a boulder in the ocean. You watch as Hyunjin grimaces, and internal war showing on his face before he lets out a deep breath, dragging his hands down his face and turning to take several steps away from you.
You don't want to feel bad for him. He deserves this. He deserves every ounce of pain you're feeling.
You remember that conversation you had over a year ago, tangled in his messy sheets with your head on his bare chest. Your relationship was still new, still tender. The honeymoon phase seemed neverending.
As you laid there, his heartbeat was, at first, a steady pulse against your ear, but the longer you two basked in the afterglow, the faster it got.
You remember sitting up after a minute, hands cupping his face in concern. "What is it, Hyun?"
"I... I have something to tell you," he murmured.
He told you about his synesthesia, how it was his inspiration for pursuing art, but also an insecurity he struggled to coexist with. You listened to him, comforted him, encouraged him, loved him. Told him how amazing he was and how every little quirk of his just made him better.
A few months later, he was kissing you awake and saying he had a surprise for you. When you walked into his living room, you saw the most gorgeous painting you'd ever seen-- a canvas segmented into 4 sections, each section similar in their subject but distinct in composition.
"It's, uh. It's you," he explained, ears burning red at the tips. "Not a portrait of you, but this is how it looks when you say my name. When you're sleepy, when you're laughing, when you're upset with me, and when you... when we--"
He didn't need to finish his sentence. You knew.
It was you that encouraged him to submit it to a contest a couple weeks after that. It was you who picked out his outfit for his first gallery showing. It was you who said his name over and over the night after while he showed you just how he got the inspiration for that last panel.
And yet.
"You cast me aside."
You wipe at the tears that have traitorously slipped from your eyes. "I was behind you through all of that, and then you let the sounds of the attention you got become louder than me. I didn't mean anything to you anymore."
Silence stretches between you like a chasm. Hyunjin's shoulders rise and fall with each labored breath, his back still turned to you. The air in the apartment feels suffocating, thick with everything that's been said and has yet to be said.
You don't even know why you're doing this, why you're bothering to explain anything to him when he's drunk. It'll be gone from his mind in the morning, and then what will have been the point?
You close your eyes and let your head thud against the wall. “Look. You should–”
"I never meant to make you feel invisible," he says.
You take a steadying breath.
He carries on, his voice rough in the silence. "It was intoxicating. The praise, the intrigue, the attention-- I was seeing so many colors and shapes I'd never seen before. I'd never had so many people find it– find me interesting. Or worth something.
Your voice is small. “You had me.”
He turns back to you. There are tears streaked on his face, and the raw vulnerability in his eyes makes your heart twist in your chest. “I know. But I got lost in it– in the attention. I was drowning in so many colors that meant nothing because they weren't yours. But I didn't realize that until you weren't around anymore."
You want to stay angry. You want to hold onto the hurt that's kept you safe these past months. But seeing him like this— almost as broken as you'd been feeling —cracks something open inside of you.
"Do you know what the worst part is?” At his silence, you continue. “I was, and still am, so proud of you.” Your voice is quieter now, more tired than angry. "Even when it hurt, even when it felt like you used me. I was proud."
Hyunjin opens his mouth to say something, but the words die on his lips. You watch him swallow, hard, the deliberate bob of his Adam's apple catching your gaze. In everything he does, he looks like art. It's maddening.
He clears his throat, finally finding his voice. "Can I... can I show you something?"
You narrow your eyes at him, confused. "What?"
He fidgets in his spot for a second before reaching into his pocket and pulling out his phone. After a moment of scrolling, he turns the screen toward you. It's a photo of a canvas—clearly a work in progress, layers of color bleeding into each other in abstract patterns.
"I've been trying to paint again," he says softly. "Ever since we broke up. But nothing's been working. The colors are wrong. Dead."
He flicks to the next picture. It's a similarly unfinished painting. "It gets easier to ignore how wrong they look after a few shots. Sometimes they move around like before. But it never lasts, because it's not you.”
The confession hangs in the air between the two of you. Unlike the heaviness of your earlier words, Hyunjin's float above you two like a balloon, hoisting the last of your irritation away with it. You see the truth of his words in the muddy browns and grays that dominate the canvas, so different from the vibrant explosions of his earlier work. It feels, painfully, like he's lost a piece of his soul.
You can't look at it anymore. You glance up at him instead.
He looks more nervous now than he did when you opened the door. It reminds you of your first ever date, and how he tried to hide his nerves with a devastating smile and charm. The memory chips at a hardened part of your heart.
You've missed him.
You've been so, so tired of missing him.
"Why did you come here,” you breathe. The question is softer this time. More genuine.
He puts his phone back in his pocket, gaze locked on you. Beneath the haze of whatever buzz he still has, you see a glimpse of your Hyunjin, the one who made you laugh so he could paint the bright yellow rays of sunshine that exploded in his vision. The one who left you sketches of your sleeping form if he had to leave before you woke up.
The one who thought the smallest pieces of you were his magnum opus.
Perhaps that's why, when he takes a step closer, you don't move away this time.
"Because I'm selfish," he admits, his voice barely above a whisper. "Because I miss you. Because I need to see it again– to feel it. Even if it's the last time."
He takes another step, the height of him caging you against the wall. His eyes search yours, desperate and hungry. "Please, angel. I am begging you. Say my name. Let me see it again."
The request vibrates through you, from the tips of your ears down to your toes. It's maddening how easily he can awaken something you've tried so hard to bury.
You know this is dangerous territory—that giving in now could shatter you all over again.
But his proximity is intoxicating, the familiar scent of him filling your senses. Your body remembers what your mind wants to forget—the way he used to worship you, the way your voice could bring him to his knees in more ways than one.
"This doesn't fix anything," you whisper, even as you feel yourself weakening.
"I know," he breathes, close enough now that you can feel the heat radiating from his body, can smell the lingering alcohol on him. "But God, I miss you. I miss the way you light up my world."
Your back presses against the wall as he crowds into your space, not touching, but close enough that the air between you crackles with tension. He puts his hands on either side of your head, caging you in so that all you can look at is him. His eyes are dark, pupils blown wide with need and something deeper, more desperate.
"Say it, pretty girl."
You let his voice be the final push over the edge.
"Hyunjin," you breathe, and you watch as his entire body shudders in response.
His eyes flutter shut, plush lips parting slightly as a soft moan slips out. He's trembling now, hands twitching on the wall near your head as though still fighting the urge to touch you. "Again."
"Hyunjin," you repeat. Your voice is stronger now. Your heart is racing, stomach twisting with nerves and desire. It's been so long since you've said his name like this, and the effect it has on him is beyond intoxicating.
He whimpers, leaning in closer until his forehead rests against yours. "Fuck, I missed that," he murmurs. His breath is hot against your skin. You feel the brush of his low cut hair against your forehead. "I've never seen it like this before. Please, baby. Again. I need more."
The desperation in his voice makes you weak, and you find yourself sliding your hands up, up, up, until your fingers curl into his fuzz, tugging gently at the wisps of hair at the base of his skull. The reaction is immediate—Hyunjin grunts, low and guttural, his hips bucking forward against yours.
"Again," he pants. "Please. Please."
You drag your nails along his scalp, pulling another groan from deep within. You brush your noses together.
"My Hyunjin," you whisper, right against his lips.
He surges forward, crushing his mouth to yours in a hot, bruising kiss. You cling to him, fingers digging into his shoulders as he licks into your mouth. It's wet, messy, and desperate-- a clash of teeth and tongue that leaves you both breathless. You can't remember the last time anyone has kissed you this hard, this passionately—like he's trying to crawl inside you and never come back out.
He tastes like vodka and cheap beer, but underneath that is something that is so innately Hyunjin that you feel yourself melting, giving in to his touch and his mouth and his greedy hands. He shifts, slotting a thigh between your legs and flexing up into you. It pulls a moan from your throat that he swallows hungrily.
"Can I touch you?" He breathes his words right into your mouth.
You don’t hesitate. "Yes. Hyun, please."
His hands drop from the wall to the curve of your waist, sliding down until he has a bruising grip on your hips. His movements aren't as clumsy as you expect, but there's a hesitancy and nervousness that makes everything more enticing.
He uses his grip on your hips to grind you against his thigh. His movements are slow, deliberate. Your bodies are pressed flush together, his mouth still on yours, kissing you like you're the only thing keeping him on this plane of existence.
He bites down on your bottom lip and you whine his name right into his mouth. He hisses out a strangled sound before he breaks away, trailing hot kisses down your jaw, the column of your throat, and sucking a bruise into the soft, sensitive skin behind your ear. You're a mess of moans and whines and incoherent, half-finished sentences.
"God, you sound so fucking good," he murmurs into your neck. "Missed that too. Missed how pretty you sound for me.” He nips at your earlobe. “C'mon. Sing for me, angel."
He presses his thigh up into you more, the friction sending a jolt of electricity up your spine. You feel the length of him, hard heavy and hot, through his sweatpants. You dig your nails into his shoulders, a shuddering breath escaping you.
"Oh. Fuck, Hyunjin."
His hips buck involuntarily, a grunt slipping from him. He kisses his way back to your mouth. "That's it, my love. That's it."
"Hyunie." You're panting into his mouth now, words coming out in broken gasps. It's overwhelming, all the sensations– his hands, his mouth, his thigh. You try to hold back your next words, but the building pressure in your stomach disintegrates the barriers in your brain. They come pouring out before you can stop yourself.
"I missed you so much.”
The confession seems to do something to him. He curses and ruts up against your leg, chasing the contact, the friction. You're both breathing heavily, the space between you nonexistent, moving with a practiced ease that's only born from being familiar with each other. He knows your body like he knows art, like it's a medium for him to mold and shape into whatever he wants.
"Wanna paint you," he huffs out when you moan again. He drags his teeth along the length of your throat. "Want you to see the colors you make for me."
“Tell me.” You drag your nails along the nape of his neck. “What does it look like?”
He moves his thigh up, the sharp movement making you gasp and drop your head onto his shoulder.
"That," he pants, "That one is white. Soft on the edges like feathers. It feels like cotton in my ears."
He sinks his teeth into your shoulder, his hips rutting against you with urgency. You can't help the moan that slips past your lips, and you swear his grip tightens, his breath hitching.
"Fuck," he breathes. "And that-- that one is hot. It's like rich red. Like the sun. It tastes sweet. Tastes like you.”
You whine into his neck, the combination of his words and the movement of his thigh making the heat coil tightly in your core. You're so close, right at the edge of your orgasm. You know you should stop-- that this is a dangerous line you're crossing-- but your body aches for him in a way it never will for anyone else.
"Come on. Cum for me, angel.” His voice is ragged, raw. "I wanna see it. Let me see it, please."
And, well, you have never been able to deny him anything.
You tip over the edge, pleasure shooting through your body like a spark. Your orgasm hits you so hard that your vision goes white around the edges, a broken cry of his name spilling from your lips.
Hyunjin groans and ruts against you harder, faster. "Fuck, yes, that's it. Just like that, baby."
He kisses you again, swallowing up every noise you make while he lets you grind your way through the aftershocks. His hands roam their way around your body, his nimble fingers slipping under your shirt to trace patterns on your skin.
You come down slowly, breathing hard into his mouth. When he's sure you've ridden out the last of your orgasm, he pulls back, eyes glassy and still a bit unfocused. His gaze is locked on yours as he slides his hands down your body, slipping a hand into the waistband of your shorts and moving to cup your ass in both hands.
Some of your wits return to you. You find the hairs at the nape of his neck again, dragging your nails against him gently. "Hyun," you breathe. "Hyun, you're drunk. We should stop."
"No," he whines. There's no aggression in his movements, just pure want. He tugs at your ass again, pressing his hips into yours. "Please, baby. I need to feel you."
He leans forward again, kissing down your jaw to your neck. The brush of his buzzcut against your face makes you shiver, but you don't pull away. Instead, you press a kiss to his temple, then another, and another, until you're kissing the shell of his ear.
"You'll change your mind in the morning," you murmur. The thought doesn't sting like you thought it would. It just seems like a fact. “Let's stop now.”
It takes some effort, but you manage to gently untangle yourself from him. You put a hand on his chest, not exactly pushing him but enough to signal a need for distance between you. He relents easily, stepping back and giving you space to breathe.
You take the opportunity to stare at him for a moment, taking in the sight of him: frazzled hair, blown-out pupils, kiss-swollen lips, and an erection straining painfully against his sweatpants. It's a sight that has your body singing for him all over again.
He looks lost. Desperate. Like you're the only thing keeping him together. Yesterday, you would balk at the thought of that, but now it makes your heart soften in your chest. You try to remember a time when you weren't weak for this man and come up short.
You sigh and reach out, resting your hand on his arm, thumb rubbing soothing circles into the skin. "Come on, Hyunie," you murmur. "You obviously can't go home. Let's get you to bed."
He follows you down the hallway to your bedroom like a lost puppy, fingers loosely tangled with yours. When you flick on the bedside lamp, the soft glow illuminates the space that used to be so familiar to him. He stands there, awkward, until you turn down the comforter and sit on the edge of the bed, patting the spot next to you.
"Do you want me to sleep here?" he asks, his voice small.
You nod. "I'll take the couch."
His hand tightens around yours immediately. "No." His voice is small, fragile. "Stay. Please."
You close your eyes, summoning strength from somewhere deep inside you. "Hyunjin, I don't think—"
"I won't touch you," he rushes to say, desperation creeping back into his tone. "I promise. I just... I can't be alone right now. Please don't make me be alone."
The plea strikes something painful in your chest. You've spent months trying to convince yourself that Hyunjin was fine without you—thriving, even. That he'd moved on to bigger, better things. But the man standing before you now, with bloodshot eyes and trembling hands, is far from fine.
"Okay," you relent, because you're weak and tired and overwhelmed from the events of tonight.
When he slides under the blanket, there's a safe distance between you. Not as vast as it's been the past six months, but a tangible space nonetheless. You lie there on your side, staring at him, wondering if this is what it feels like to drown. He stares back at you, and you watch the redness of his eyes dissipate, his body relaxing under the weight of your gaze. You can't even find it in you to be angry, but you try. You really do.
He looks at you with those glassy eyes and a soft smile. "You're so beautiful," he whispers.
You feel the anger slip through your fingers.
"You're drunk," you whisper back.
"I know."
You're not sure who moves first, but you find yourself closing the distance between you, your head tucked under his chin and your arm slung over his torso. He's warm and solid beneath you, and you find yourself melting into his embrace.
He wraps his arms around you, holding you close, and you can hear the steady beat of his heart in his chest. You close your eyes, focusing on the rhythm, letting it lull you to sleep.
"Goodnight, pretty girl," he murmurs.
You're asleep before you can respond.
—
Sunlight filters through your curtains, painting warm stripes across your face. You stir, your consciousness returning to you in fragmented pieces. The first thing you register is the coolness of the sheets next to you. The second is the ache in your chest.
You open your eyes, staring at the empty space where Hyunjin had been.
Had.
He's gone.
The pillow still bears the impression of his head, the ghost of his presence lingering in the sheets in the form of his expensive cologne. You reach out, rubbing a bit of the sheet between your fingers, finding it cold to the touch.
Of course he left. What were you expecting?
You're not sure how long you lie there, staring at the ceiling, but it's long enough for the tears to come. They slip down the sides of your face and into your hair, leaving wet stains on the pillow as everything from last night comes back to you: the desperation of his voice on the phone, the feeling of his body pressed against yours, his breath hot on your neck as he begged and pleaded for you to bathe his world in color again. It all felt real, so urgent in the midnight hour.
But morning has a wicked way of washing everything clean, the sober light revealing every mistake in detail.
You wish you could be angry. You wish you could feel anything other than the pain that's splitting your chest in two. You wish you could hate him.
You press the heels of your palms against your eyes in an attempt to stall the tears before they get worse. This is exactly why you should've blocked him, why you shouldn't have let him in or slept beside him like nothing changed between the two of you.
"Stupid," You murmur. "I'm so fucking stupid."
A familiar weight settles in your gut, the same one your carried for weeks when he first left-- a noxious mix of anger, embarrassment, and grief. You thought you'd finally shed it, but here it is again, through no fault but your own.
You drop your hands from your face and glance at the clock, which tells you it's a bit past 11am. He's back at his fancy apartment by now, already forgetting the things he whispered in your skin. You let out a humorless snort, imagining that he's painting, finally able to put colors together properly after using you for inspiration.
You're about to drag your pity party to the kitchen when you hear it-- the faint squeak of your bathroom sink turning on.
Your eyes snap in that direction instantly. For a moment, you don’t hear anything else. Then–
Splashing. Someone is washing their face.
He stayed.
You freeze, heart suddenly pounding against your chest. You can hear the water continuing to slosh around for a second, then it shuts off.
More silence, just for a second, then the unmistakable padding of feet on tile.
The en suite door swings open. Hyunjin materializes in the door frame wearing the same clothes from last night. His hair catches the morning light like a halo and his face is freshly washed. His eyes are no longer glassy, even though they're rimmed with the telltale shadows of a hangover. When he sees you sitting up in bed, he pauses, hovering in the doorway as though he's unsure if he's still allowed in.
The two of you hold eye contact for a moment. It feels like forever, but you know it can't be more than a second or two. It doesn't matter how long, really. It's still too long. Long enough to make the ache inside you bloom until your entire chest is suffocating under its weight. Long enough to realize how much you still want him and need to keep him in this space that was once yours and his. Long enough to want to reach out across time and space and mold his edges into something that belongs solely to you—that only you can recognize. Something different and yet exactly the same.
"Hi," he says.
The breath is knocked out of you all at once.
"You're still here," you breathe. You feel a new wave of tears behind your eyes. You think it might be from relief.
Something flashes across his face quickly-- hurt, maybe, or understanding. "Yeah." His voice is soft. "I told you I wouldn't leave again."
Did he say that? You don't remember. You can't exactly think over the pounding of your heart in your ears.
The words hang in the air anyway, a fragile bridge stretching across the space between you. It feels precarious, like one wrong move will send all of it crashing down. You scan his face for any hint of deception, for a flicker of the old Hyunjin that prioritized his rising fame over you. But all you find is a raw sincerity that mirrors the ache in your own chest.
He takes a hesitant step into the room, then another, like he's waiting for you to change your mind and kick him out. You don't. You just sit there, heart thrumming against your ribs, watching as he drifts closer until he's standing at edge of the bed. There's barely any space separating you two, yet everything still feels so far away.
"Last night," he starts. He clears his throat, fighting against the tremble in his voice and hands. "It was a mess. I was a mess, I know."
You wait, unable to tear your gaze away from him.
"But even in the middle of all of that... I need you to know I meant it. Every word, angel. I still do."
Something swells inside of you, the pain making way for something soft and tender. It's overwhelming, but the good kind. The kind that makes you feel light and free.
"Do you?" Your voice is so quiet, you're not sure if he hears you. But he does, because his gaze softens, eyes never leaving yours.
Hyunjin lowers himself to the ground, situating himself on his knees so the two of you are eye level. He reaches a hand out, his long, slender fingers making their way across the space, gently cupping the curve of your jaw. You close your eyes, holding your breath while you bask in the way his skin makes contact with yours. The air around you feels like it might come alive. As you lean into the warmth of his palm, the ache in your chest begins to fade bit by bit.
"Yeah. I do," he whispers. His voice is thick.
There are a million things you want to say, yet the only thing you can force out is: "Why?"
He brushes his thumb along the rise of your cheekbone, the gesture tender and familiar. It's almost like he never left, like no time has passed between the two of you. He opens his mouth to answer, then closes it, like the words are getting stuck in his throat.
"Can I show you?"
The question sends a shiver down your spine. You swallow and nod.
His eyes flicker down to your lips, the hunger evident in his gaze. He leans forward, pressing his forehead against yours and breathing you in. His breath tickles your nose, the scent of your toothpaste mixing with the smell of his sweater.
"Are you sure?" he whispers.
You answer him by closing the gap.
Unlike the kiss from last night, this one is slow, measured. You pour everything you've wanted to say since he left into it, and he returns it tenfold. He kisses you with a passion that threatens to consume, his grip on your face tightening ever so slightly, tongue sweeping out to lick at your bottom lip. You part for him immediately, the taste of him igniting the dormant fire inside you.
Hyunjin kisses you like a starving man. You give him everything he needs, letting him map your mouth with his tongue, moaning into the heat of his kiss. You feel it everywhere, the heat coiling low in your belly and spreading throughout your limbs. It feels like a revelation, and the way his grip tightens tells you that he feels it too.
"Say it, please baby," he breathes. The desperation from last night is creeping back in. His hand leaves your cheek, trailing down the length of your neck to your collarbone. He curls his hand into the neck of your shirt and tugs it down to expose your skin, dipping down to wash his tongue across your collarbones. You're already shaking before he even nips at your skin.
"Hyunjin," you moan. The sound makes him grunt against you, low and needy.
His mouth is on yours again, bruising, like he wants to drown in the taste of you. You sink your fingers into his hair, pulling gently and feeling his body shudder in response. He adjusts his positions on his knees, tugging you closer to him so your hips are flush against his chest. The heat of his feverish skin burns you through the thin fabric of your night clothes.
"Again, angel," he pleads, mouthing his way over your shirt, down to your breasts, hands trailing up your bare thighs and gripping hard. You let out a little whimper, head falling back as you thread your fingers in the wisps of his hair, holding on for dear life. He doesn't stop. The mixture of his mouth and his hands has your mind hazy and unfocused.
"Hyunjin. Hyun, please." You feel him shudder at that, his mouth kissing lower, lower, lower. When he reaches the hem of your shit, he grips it in his teeth and pulls it up, tongue darting out to run a stripe across your belly button. You pant and squirm, your hands gripping his shoulders tightly, nails digging into his skin through his sweatshirt.
He nips at your stomach and you cry out his name, the sound breaking through the space like a firecracker. Hyunjin's hips buck up against the bed as his mouth finds your hip bone, sinking his teeth into the tender skin. Your back arches, legs clamping around his torso. His grip is bruising and you really hope he leaves a mark, that there are traces of him on you long after you're finished. You want him to burn himself into your skin so you never forget this again.
He's pressing sloppy kisses over the skin he's just bitten, murmuring a mixture of words you can't decipher. The sound is muffled against your skin, but you don't miss the way he says "angel" over and over again, the way his lips form your name against your body like it's a prayer, and he is the sole saint who has come to worship at your altar.
He shifts his mouth back to the waistband of your shorts, his big, blown out eyes fluttering open to stare at you in question. The look you give him is all he needs to peel off the fabric, slowly, teasingly, tossing them away and letting his fingers trail the newly exposed skin. His touch is hot on your legs, trailing up and down until you're panting for him.
"So perfect for me, pretty girl," he praises, his lips ghosting over your hips. Your brain feels like mush, like his praise is the only thing that exists anymore. You watch his long, perfect fingers slide up the expanse of your thigh until he reaches your heat, pushing your lips apart to reveal your aching cunt to him. His touch is so featherlight that it has your hips bucking up, trying to get more.
"Be still, love." He presses a kiss to your clit. "Be still for me. Let me worship you, yeah? Can you do that?"
You whine, desperately trying to remain still, to let him explore every inch of your body with his perfect hands, to let him touch and tease you like he needs to.
"That's it, baby," he breathes. His fingers run along the wetness of your cunt. "Look at you. So fucking wet for me, my angel."
He slips his middle finger in with ease, sliding all the way to his knuckle. You barely have a second to adjust to the feeling before he dives down, plump lips wrapping around your clit and sucking hard. It sends a jolt of pleasure up your spine so sharp, you can't help the half scream that falls from your lips, your hand shooting out to grab onto his head. He moans in response, letting you grind yourself up into his face. He laps at you like a man possessed, fingers curling deep inside you to press against that one spot he's found countless times before.
The room fills with the wet sounds of your cunt against his eager tongue. His hair is soft under your hand, a contrast to how hard he's fucking his fingers into you. They move with urgency and precision. Each thrust has you panting his name, and in response his moans vibrate through your cunt.
He moves his free hand to grab the one that's gripping his hair and squeezes, fingers curling between yours in a silent show of gratitude for letting him touch you, letting him drown himself in you.
The combination of his touch and the sounds he's making has your stomach coiling, tight like a spring, and your release comes quick and sharp. Your orgasm crashes into you like a wave, and you call out his name, louder than anything he's ever heard from you before, so loud your voice bounces off the walls. He works you through it, licking up all the wetness that's pouring from you, groaning and growling like a starving man. He slips in a third finger to fuck you through the last of your high and the stretch is so good, so perfect.
His grip on your hand is the only thing that keeps you grounded as the last of the pleasure courses through you, leaving you shaking and trembling against his face. Hyunjin keeps his eyes on you the entire time, watching you like a predator watches prey, pupils blown so wide only a sliver of dark brown peeks out at you. He only pulls away once you stop shuddering, dragging his fingers out of you with a loud, wet noise, slipping them straight into his mouth.
The sight of his plush, pink lips wrapped around those perfect fingers makes you whine and squirm with want, even though you've just been thoroughly fucked out. Hyunjin crawls his way back up your body and kisses you deeply. His lips are wet with you, and he fucks his tongue into your mouth so you can taste yourself. You find yourself gripping at the soft hairs on the back of his neck again in an attempt to press him closer. He pulls away slightly to trail sloppy, open mouthed kisses down your jaw, teeth dragging across the hot skin.
"You drive me crazy, pretty girl," he pants. He sucks a bruise into the junction where your throat meets your shoulder. "Every noise you make, it sizzles in my eyes like fire. I see you everywhere."
You drag your nails down his neck and he groans into you. You can feel the impossibly hard length of him pressing against your thigh through his sweatpants. He ruts against your body lazily, his movements sluggish. The post orgasm haze still hangs over your body like a heavy fog, slowing everything down to a sluggish, sensual pace. It's hypnotic and delicious, the feeling of his hardness dragging along your thigh while he peppers kisses along your skin. You know this dance, your bodies know the steps so well it feels like your back at the very beginning again, like no time has passed at all between the two of you.
"Let me have you, please." His voice is tight. His desperation is bleeding into everything, tinging the air between you like an intoxicating drug. It makes your head spin and your skin tingle. He shifts his position so his hips are rutting into yours now, slow, deliberate, and grinding right down into you. You're so wet for him still that there's no resistance in his movements. With your eyes fluttering from the sensation, you drag your fingers across the expanse of his broad shoulders and then down to the dip in his spine, trailing your fingertips up under his sweatshirt to drag across his hot skin. It pulls a shaky whine out of him.
"God, please angel." His cock throbs against you. "I'll make it good for you, so fucking good. Just please let me have you, please."
You tug at his sweater until he relents, breaking away to yank it up over his head, tossing it somewhere in the room. You take the opportunity to look at his chest, which is flushed with color and heaving with want. His lips are parted as he tries to catch his breath, lust-blown eyes staring down at you like you hold all of the secrets to his universe. He's still getting harder in his pants, the fabric stretching taut over his cock, the shape of his length visible beneath it. The sight alone makes you dizzy, and the wetness that has been slowly building inside you reaches a crescendo, your cunt pulsing at the sight before you.
Your hand drifts down between your legs. Your fingers slide easily over the wetness that's gathered there from the pleasure Hyunjin has been so dutifully dishing out to you, and you don't even think about what you're doing. Hyunjin watches, eyes glassy as you dip two fingers in the wet mess he's made of your cunt. You slide them back up to your clit and moan, hips twitching into your own touch. His lips part a fraction, a breathy gasp spilling from him. He looks so painfully hungry that the thought of denying him crosses your mind for the briefest of moments. The thought disappears the second he opens his mouth.
"Baby, please, I need it." He shifts on his knees, squirming and aching for you. You almost don't recognize his voice— it's so raspy and tight with need, words stumbling out of him with no hesitation, no thought. It makes your skin hot all over again. You circle your fingers around your clit as you watch him watch you, his chest heaving in tandem with the movements of your fingers.
Then he makes the prettiest little whine you've ever heard in your entire life.
The sound alone is enough to make you remove your hand and offer your wet fingers to him, his mouth falling open obediently to welcome them in. He swirls his tongue around your fingertips, lapping up any of the wetness he's left on you. He groans and shudders, eyes fluttering shut as he sucks and licks and hums around your fingers. Your brain feels like static and your thighs squeeze together to try and ease the ache inside you.
"Fuck, Hyunjin," you moan out, watching him suck your fingers clean. You try desperately to focus on keeping your hips still, the friction from your bodies moving together making you want to chase your pleasure again.
He moans around your fingers before pulling back, catching the hand you had been using to play with your clit and pulling it up to place a gentle kiss on your palm. He keeps eye contact the entire time, looking at you from under those thick lashes and his hooded eyes. His lips part just enough for the tip of his tongue to lick at your skin, his fingers still wrapped tightly around your wrist. It makes your stomach drop. He has you under a spell and he doesn't even need to try.
He nips at your fingertips once more before speaking again, his voice low. "You make it so impossible to see anything other than you," he says, breathless. "Everywhere I turn, everything I see, there you are."
He shifts again, his body moving downwards and slotting itself between your thighs. He uses his free hand to wrestle himself out of his sweatpants and boxers, leaving them to hang low on his hips, cock finally free from their confines and bobbing heavily in the cool air. A shudder runs through him and you can tell it's both from the chill and the feeling of relief that comes from the sudden freedom. Your eyes linger on the head, leaking so prettily for you that it has your cunt squeezing around nothing again.
The hand holding your wrist pushes gently until it has you pinned above your head on the bed, the grip loose enough to not hurt you but strong enough to hold you in place. He reaches down to finally wrap his free hand around himself, stroking the length of his cock as he lets his eyes wander all over your body. His tongue darts out to wet his bottom lip, and you're transfixed by the way he lets it run along the swell of his mouth. He's such a pretty, pretty picture like this.
You think he might say something again, but the only sound that fills the space is his soft pants and moans. His strokes on himself once, the slick, wet noises making your brain go fuzzy all over again. Then he stops, leaning forward so he's hovering above you, the tip of his nose mere centimeters from yours. His lips brush against your mouth and his fingers twitch around your wrist, like he wants to let go but can't bear to.
You tilt your chin up to catch his lips, a soft whine bubbling in your throat. Want simmers under your skin so badly that you're a shaking, trembling mess under him. He coos at you in the kiss, and you feel him shift over you, lining himself up with your entrance. He rubs the head of his cock against your slit, gathering the wetness that has dripped out of your pulsing cunt and onto the sheets, using it as lubrication for the tip of his cock to catch on your entrance. Your hips twitch upwards involuntarily, making him break the kiss with a gasp, and you both look down to watch as pushes the head of his cock into you.
"Shit," he whines. It comes out like a hiss, his eyes slipping closed. The feeling of your body welcoming him home has a shudder running up his spine. He releases your hand and uses his elbows to hold himself up over you, fingers burying themselves in the sheets surrounding your head. The tips of his ears are dusted pink, and his mouth is slack as he lets himself be enveloped by the heat of your body. He rests his head in the crook of your neck.
He feels impossibly large inside of you. It has been so long since you've had him this close, it's almost like you forgot how good he can fill you. He shifts and pushes himself a bit further in and you can't help the whimper that tumbles from your mouth. The stretch is so deliciously good that your hips twitch again, body instinctively trying to grind itself onto his length to get him right where you need him. He curses above you again and his grip in the sheets tighten as he nips at your throat.
"Angel," he chokes out. His breath feels boiling hot against your skin. "Please don't move. Not yet, baby. You feel too fucking good."
His voice is strained, tight in his chest like he's barely holding himself back from pounding into you like his body so obviously wants to. The feeling of being stretched by him has you quivering, cunt pulsing around the intrusion. It feels like it takes him forever, but he finally manages to fully slide into you, letting his hips press against yours so you can take the time to adjust to the fullness. His name is a mantra on your lips, the only coherent word your brain is able to conjure right now. He kisses your neck to calm you down, nuzzles his nose against you, licks at the tender skin that has a pulse beating rapidly underneath it.
"So tight, angel," he grunts. His teeth dig into the skin of your neck, sucking another bruise into your skin. "So fucking tight for me."
Your nails are digging into his back now, scratching angry red lines down his shoulder blades as you struggle to breathe beneath him. It feels so good, the way his weight pushes into you and lets you feel every twitch and pulse of his body, lets you feel him shake and quiver. He slides back a bit before pushing into you again, his entire body shaking with the effort it's taking for him to maintain this languid pace. His forehead is pressed against your skin still and his breath comes out hot and shaky as he fucks himself into you again and again, slow and shallow.
The drag of his cock has your toes curling. Your hands slide from his back to his shoulder, down to his biceps, fingers digging into the skin to leave crescents that you can't bring yourself to feel bad about. The heat is pooling in your stomach again, making the feeling in your toes and fingertips start to fizzle away. All that's left is you and Hyunjin. The artist and his muse.
"Hyunie," you breathe. "Hyun."
"I know baby," he grunts. You can feel the drag of his lips on you, leaving kisses against your feverishly hot skin. "I know. I'm here, I'm here."
He picks up the pace then, hips snapping against you to get his cock as deep as it'll go. Your brain has become static, aware of nothing more than the sound of skin slapping against skin, of the wet noises coming from where Hyunjin has returned to his home inside you. You arch your body into his hold and he slips his hand into the curve of your back, pressing you close so that every thrust brings him as close to your heart as he can get.
When he pounds into you particularly hard and you flutter around him, he grunts, sitting up and on his heels to gain leverage to piston into you deep.
"So fucking perfect," he groans. He reaches down to thumb at your clit, circling it and grinding it down in time with his thrusts. You whine his name and buck against his hand as his thrusts get harder and faster in response. It has the coil in your belly winding tighter, so tight your body feels rigid against the bed. "Gonna show me that rainbow, right baby? Be good and come for me, yeah?"
You're already nodding frantically, words completely failing you. The sound of your skin meeting is loud, and your own moans are a chorus that's getting lost in his groans, in his pretty little whimpers of your name. It's all too much— you can barely catch your breath.
His hand that isn't playing with your clit finds one of yours and brings it to your stomach, pushing your palm into the skin below your belly button. When you feel it—the subtle bump from the tip of his cock, pressing against his fingers and into the flat of your stomach—you moan and dig your nails into the back of his hand.
"Fuck," he grits. "You like that angel? You like feeling full of me?"
A distant pulsing of your clit is the only warning you get before your orgasm hits you hard. You scream Hyunjin's name, nails digging into his skin for something to tether to. Your orgasm washes over you like an electric current, shooting up your spine and down to your toes. It whites your vision out, each pulse of Hyunjin's thrust translating into faded bursts of colors behind your eyes. The force of it makes your cunt squeeze down hard, so hard that you feel him stutter in his rhythm above you. You feel him drop forward to grip onto the pillow behind your head and bury his face into your chest, fingers digging in tight, hips bucking up into you. His eyes are squeezed shut and he's biting hard down on the fabric of your shirt, his breath coming in short, sharp bursts. You don't need to look to know he's coming inside of you, filling you up and painting you white.
It feels like the two of you ride through the aftershocks for years before he comes back down enough to gently slip his cock out of you, hissing from the sensitivity. You barely even feel him roll off of you, the world still tilted on it's axis significantly. Your vision takes a second to focus as your chest heaves. It takes even longer to realize that Hyunjin is staring at you from where he's lying on his side, head propped up on his elbow and an expression on his face you haven't seen in months. The thought that he could still look at you with a mixture of reverence and wonder after all this time is overwhelming.
But exhaustion is the prevailing emotion, and you only manage a small, sleepy smile before you pass out, lulled to sleep by the soft kiss he presses to your shoulder.
—
When you wake up a few hours later, you’re not panicked to find that you’re by yourself. The sheets are still warm, the shower is running, and there is still a dull, pleasant ache between your legs. You stretch, muscles nicely liquid and pliant, before patting around for your phone on your nightstand.
You do not find your phone. You find, instead, a piece of paper.
It takes a moment of sleepy shuffling, but once you get the lamp on, you see that it’s a pencil sketch of your sleeping form. There’s a cloud of colors surrounding you, beautifully rich blues and pinks that overlap to create equally vibrant purples. The colors feather out around the paper, swirling into soft, delicate hearts.
There is a single word on the bottom of the drawing:
Reconciliation.
#stray kids#hyprfics#skz x reader#stray kids fic#stray kids fanfic#skz#skz hyunjin#skz hyunjin x reader#stray kids hyunjin#hyunjin x reader#hyunjin smut#stray kids smut#skz smut#stray kids x reader#hwang hyunjin#hwang hyunjin x reader
306 notes
·
View notes
Text
𝐅𝐔𝐂𝐊 𝐌𝐄 𝐔𝐏 | 20
˗ˏˋ DIY bracelets ˎˊ˗

"You were not expecting to really enjoy the MoMA exhibition, but Jungkook looks so interested and in his element that his energy is contagious. Even with a IUD in your uterus staging mutiny, and him trying to evade your questions throguh a DIY bracelet shop."
next | index
⋆。°✩ chapter details ✩°。⋆
word count: 10,4k
content: working hours at B&N, books, jk being goofy as usual, subway touches (what was that?), jk's genuine interest in photography, uterus pain, kids asking questions (lmao), jk being bff w boundaries as usual, soft conversations, avoiding certain topics, and making friendship bracelets (ew gay???) (p.s. i'm literally queer, shush it.)
✧ author's note ✧
*descends from the sky on a sparkly cloud of serotonin and unresolved sexual tension* GREETINGS, MY LITTLE PSYCHOTIC DAFFODILS. *ducks the knife thrown at my head* RUDE. *throws it back, it lands in someone’s thigh, probably Jungkook’s*
Okay okay okay okay. *deep breath.*
Hello, my beloved kikizens. If you’re reading this… I’m most likely abroad, roaming the earth like the girlboss nomad I pretend to be on Instagram, while in reality I’m crying over the outline of chapter 23 in the Notes app and eating overpriced airport pastries. Yes. I wrote this ahead of time. Yes. I am the most responsible irresponsible person you’ve ever met. Time traveling author note from Past!Kiki, sending love and ibuprofen to Future!You. Let’s hope the plane didn’t crash because, if so, Fuck Me Up Jungkook is now your responsibility. Please keep him fed and slightly emotionally constipated, just as I left him.
NOW. LET'S TALK. This chapter. THIS CHAPTER. We are entering the land of slow burn intimacy and micro-shifts in character dynamics that make me froth at the mouth. I need to scream about it. I am screaming about it. Nix at Barnes & Noble? A concept. Her choosing a retail job because she wants to save someone the way books saved her??? Yeah okay I'm totally fine, I'm just on the floor sobbing about it in a public bathroom.
AND JUNGKOOK. THAT BASTARD. Being respectful?? Giving her space while still being present?? Letting her lead and following her cues like a man who understands autonomy and emotional nuance??? Jail. Absolute jail. He’s so annoying and so HOT about it. I love writing him because he’s cocky and feral and dumb, but also deeply perceptive and compassionate when it counts. Like okay yes he's a little insufferable, but also, he's the kind of man who listens when you talk about your reproductive health without flinching and I think that's worth something.
Also. Let’s talk about the bracelets. Phoenix and Rogue. Fire-coded losers who pretend they don’t care while making color-coded matching jewelry??? WHO SAID YOU COULD BE CUTE. WHO SAID.
Anyway. This chapter is the beginning of a shift. A very soft shift. We’re not in love yet. We’re not even close. We are in that horrible, confusing, liminal space where friendship might be possible eventually but everyone’s still too scared and too stupid to say it out loud. They’re not friends yet. But they’re getting there. We’re watching in real time as they learn each other’s pressure points—what to push, when to pull back. It’s very ugh my chest hurts but also my heart is fluttering kind of vibe. Which is my favorite thing to write. Obviously.
Now. To talk about me, because I love attention: I’ve only been posting for a few months and I’m already overrun with WIPs like some kind of literary hoarder. It’s a problem. I start stories, then my ADHD bitchass brain says “new shiny idea???” and next thing I know I’m drowning in three AUs, an enemies-to-lovers high school AU I wrote at 3AM, and a secret smutty one-shot I can’t stop thinking about. It’s a whole ecosystem of chaos. But I do want to write them all. I do. I just also want to nap. And read. And rot.
So yeah. I think about y’all waiting for updates more than you know. I stress about it. I chew on it like emotional gum. My Spirk fic hasn’t updated in two months and it haunts me in my sleep. But I’m trying to accept that writing is better done when it feels good, not when I’m spiraling in guilt. So. If I ever start something and it takes me ages to finish, just know I do want to get there. I just move at the speed of depression and distraction.
AND A GENTLE REMINDER: this is a slow burn. A SLOW slow burn. Not the kind where they kiss in chapter 5 and you pretend it’s slow because they didn’t bang yet. No. I mean they will not start catching actual feelings for a while. There will be distractions. Other people, love interests. Awkwardness. Denial. You will watch them flounder. You will scream at your phone. You will think “surely they must realize it now,” and I will look you in the eyes and say, “no. no they do not.” Because the point is the journey. The point is the becoming. Not the kissing. (Okay fine also the kissing. But later.)
We are 20 chapters in, and I am being so serious when I say we are maybe… 20% into the full story. If that. I want to go all the way. From strangers to roommates to fuckbuddies to friends to best friends to oh my god it was you all along. I want to write every beat. Every change. Every stupid, messy, human moment. And yes. We will suffer. You, me, Nix, Jungkook, Yeji, Taehyung, everyone.
So I'd say sorry, but let's be honest, if you’re here right now—chapter 20, still with me—I know what kind of sick little freak you are. Masochist. You're not fooling anyone.
And I adore you for it. Thank you for choosing violence with me. Thank you for loving these two idiots. Thank you for reading. I mean it. So much.
Okay. Enough rambling. Go read. Go cry. Go scream. Tell your friends. Tattoo “Phoenix x Rogue” on your ass if you feel so inclined.
Mwah.
(Shameless reminder to support me on Ko-fi if you like my unhinged writing mess).
Edit because apparently I need to make this clear; my stories are extremely slow paced. This is STATED in the author’s INTRO I EXPLICITLY mention you must READ before delving into any of my works. I am tired of messages complaining about the pacing. You are warned beforehand. You chose to read this knowing it’s going to be slow as hell. Nobody is holding you hostage. If you’re bored, you can leave. I seriously don’t care. I am writing my stories because I crave this type of storytelling where everything is narrated in detail and nothing is glossed over. My readers know that and they choose to stay because they want the same thing. 80% of stories out there are fast-paced. I am catering to the people who want this type of organic development. If that’s not your thing, that’s absolutely fine. But you don’t get to complain and whine about something when there’s 100 fanfics out there you can read instead. You don’t get to come for me or my writing—lest of all my readers. I said what I said.
⋆。°✩ read on✩°。⋆
ao3
wattpad
Books have always been your lifeline in a world that feels like it's trying to drown you.
You've loved them for as long as you can remember, though you can't pinpoint the exact moment they became your refuge. It wasn't a dramatic epiphany or a life-changing event. Just a gradual realization that between the pages of a book, you could breathe easier.
Kafka speaks to the part of you that feels constantly out of step with the world (though you'd never admit that to Taehyung—his smug "I told you so" would be unbearable).
Murakami paints surreal landscapes that make your own reality feel a little less suffocating.
And now Donna Tartt, because you're tired of Jimin's scandalized gasps every time you confess to not having read her yet.
You weren't the stereotypical bookworm growing up. No thick glasses perched on your nose, no disdainful sniffs at the mention of pop culture. You didn't turn your nose up at Harry Styles concerts or roll your eyes at school dances.
But even as you navigated the treacherous waters of adolescence—first periods and friendship fallouts, the constant drama of simply existing as a teenager—books were always there.
A constant, even if sometimes pushed to the background.
They became your armor when the weight of expectations threatened to crush you. When disappointment hung heavy in the air, threatening to send you away in a chokehold, you'd retreat into worlds made of paper and ink.
It was easier to face fictional monsters than the very real ones lurking in parent-teacher conferences and college application deadlines.
Now, standing amidst the shelves of Barnes & Noble, surrounded by the comforting smell of new books and possibility, you can't help but feel a sense of belonging. Like you've come full circle. From the little girl who used to hide under her covers with a flashlight, devouring stories long past bedtime, to the woman who's made words her life's work.
It's not always easy.
Sometimes the words on the page blur together, your mind too full of real-world worries to lose yourself in fiction.
But even then, the weight of a book in your hands is grounding.
A reminder that there are always other worlds to explore, other lives to live, if only for a few hundred pages.
Maybe that's why you're here, arranging displays and recommending titles to strangers.
Because somewhere out there is another person drowning in expectations, desperate for a lifeline.
And maybe, just maybe, you can be the one to hand them the right book at the right moment—help them with their very own small act of rebellion against a world that sometimes feels too heavy to bear.
Mark hovers nearby as you arrange a new display of bestsellers, lanky frame, loose shirt and baggy pants. He's the one who picked up your application when you and Yeji came in last week—the one with the kind eyes and the nervous habit of clutching his hands together every five seconds.
Blonde, blue-eyed. You’d dare say he’s not bad-looking. For a man.
"So basically," he explains, voice pitched low like he's sharing state secrets instead of retail procedures, "most days you'll either be on register, floor assistance, or shelving. Today you're just shadowing me on the floor."
Floor assistance, as it turns out, is mostly wandering around looking approachable (but not too approachable) and occasionally directing lost souls to the bathroom or the manga section. You're also expected to straighten displays, check for misplaced books, and maintain what Mark calls "the Barnes & Noble aesthetic."
"Which means?" you ask, adjusting a copy of the latest Sally Rooney that's slightly out of alignment with its siblings.
"You know," he shrugs, hands doing that awkward hovering thing again, "like... cozy but sophisticated. Inviting but not cluttered."
You nod like this makes perfect sense, though privately you think it sounds like the kind of bullshit corporate memo someone got paid way too much to write.
"What about recommendations?" you ask. "Do we have any input on displays or—"
"Oh, totally!" His face brightens. "We each get to curate an employee picks shelf. You can start working on yours next week."
That, at least, sounds promising.
Already your mind is cataloging possibilities—perhaps a mix of classics and contemporary, maybe something unexpected thrown in. Definitely not the usual suspects everyone claims to have read but hasn't.
And just like that, the morning quickly blurs into afternoon.
Your tasks are the same all day: shelving, straightening, and following Mark around as he points out the minutiae of bookselling. It's mindless work, but not unpleasant. There's something soothing about putting things in order, about knowing exactly where everything belongs.
By the time your lunch break rolls around, you've settled into a comfortable groove. The break room is empty except for you and your sad turkey sandwich, the ancient TV in the corner playing a rerun of The Office. One where Jim is pulling some elaborate prank on Dwight. You find yourself smiling despite the mediocrity of your lunch.
The afternoon passes in much the same way—quiet, uneventful, almost peaceful. You help an elderly woman find the latest Louise Penny mystery. You alphabetize a section of poetry that looks like it's been hit by a tornado. You dust shelves that probably haven't seen a feather duster since Obama was president.
And then, suddenly, it's 5 PM.
You glance at your phone, mildly surprised that eight hours have passed without a single customer meltdown or retail horror story. No one has asked to speak to your manager. No one has tried to return a clearly read book with coffee stains on page 47. No one has even approached you with one of those vague "I'm looking for a book with a blue cover about a thing that happens" requests.
In fact, you've barely interacted with customers at all. It wasn't your turn on register, and most browsers seemed content to wander without assistance.
It's been... nice.
Quiet.
The kind of job where you can disappear into your own thoughts for stretches at a time.
You could get used to this, you think, clocking out and grabbing your bag from the locker.
Maybe it won't be the soul-crushing retail experience Yeji warned you about. Maybe you've lucked into the unicorn of part-time jobs—one that pays the bills without completely draining your will to live.
Or maybe it's just the first-day honeymoon period, and next week you'll be dealing with entitled parents who think the children's section is a free daycare.
Either way, as you push through the employee exit into the early evening air, you feel a strange sense of… accomplishment?
Surely, it's not saving lives or changing the world, but you can’t deny it’s satisfying; a day spent surrounded by books, putting things in order, creating small pockets of calm in a chaotic world.
And now, apparently (because God forbid the universe lets you forget) you have plans.
With Jungkook, of all people.
The thought should make you anxious.
It doesn’t.
You check your phone and see his text:
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚜𝚝𝚒𝚕𝚕 𝚘𝚗 𝚏𝚘𝚛 𝚖𝚘𝚖𝚊? 𝚊𝚖 𝚘𝚞𝚝𝚜𝚒𝚍𝚎
You scan the street and spot him leaning against a lamppost, scrolling through his phone, looking unfairly good in a simple black t-shirt and jeans. Your roommate. Your sometimes-hookup. Your... friend?
The word still feels strange, but maybe it's time to try it on for size.
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚢𝚎𝚊𝚑 𝚒'𝚖 𝚌𝚘𝚖𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚘𝚞𝚝 𝚗𝚘𝚠
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚜𝚎𝚎 𝚞
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚑𝚘𝚠 𝚠𝚊𝚜 1𝚜𝚝 𝚍𝚊𝚢 𝚜𝚎𝚕𝚕𝚒𝚗 𝚋𝚘𝚘𝚔𝚜 𝚝𝚘 𝚙𝚛𝚎𝚝𝚎𝚗𝚝𝚒𝚘𝚞𝚜 𝚙𝚙𝚕
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚜𝚑𝚘𝚌𝚔𝚒𝚗𝚐𝚕𝚢 𝚙𝚊𝚒𝚗𝚕𝚎𝚜𝚜 𝚊𝚌𝚝𝚞𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚢
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚗𝚘 𝚘𝚗𝚎 𝚝𝚛𝚒𝚎𝚍 𝚝𝚘 𝚖𝚊𝚔𝚎 𝚖𝚎 𝚛𝚎𝚌𝚘𝚖𝚖𝚎𝚗𝚍 𝚏𝚒𝚏𝚝𝚢 𝚜𝚑𝚊𝚍𝚎𝚜 𝚘𝚏 𝚐𝚛𝚎𝚢 𝚜�� 𝚒'𝚖 𝚌𝚘𝚞𝚗𝚝𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚒𝚝 𝚊𝚜 𝚊 𝚠𝚒𝚗
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚠𝚘𝚠 𝚕𝚘𝚠 𝚋𝚊𝚛 𝚗𝚒𝚡
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚞 𝚕𝚘𝚘𝚔 𝚌𝚞𝚝𝚎 𝚒𝚗 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝚋𝚕𝚞𝚎 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚋𝚝𝚠
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚒𝚝'𝚜 𝚌𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚎𝚍 𝚊 𝚜𝚑𝚒𝚛𝚝 𝚛𝚘𝚐𝚞𝚎
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚒 𝚔𝚗𝚘𝚠 𝚠𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝚜𝚑𝚒𝚛𝚝𝚜 𝚛 𝚙𝚑𝚘𝚎𝚗𝚒𝚡
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚒'𝚟𝚎 𝚝𝚊𝚔𝚎𝚗 𝚘𝚏𝚏 𝚎𝚗𝚘𝚞𝚐𝚑 𝚘𝚏 𝚞𝚛𝚜
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚘𝚖𝚏𝚐 𝚜𝚝𝚘𝚙 🙄
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚠𝚎'𝚛𝚎 𝚒𝚗 𝚙𝚞𝚋𝚕𝚒𝚌
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚗𝚎𝚟𝚎𝚛 𝚜𝚝𝚘𝚙𝚙𝚎𝚍 𝚞 𝚋𝚎𝚏𝚘𝚛𝚎
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚠𝚎'𝚛𝚎 𝚜𝚞𝚙𝚙𝚘𝚜𝚎𝚍 𝚝𝚘 𝚋𝚎 𝚍𝚘𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚊 𝚗𝚘𝚛𝚖𝚊𝚕 𝚏𝚛𝚒𝚎𝚗𝚍 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚝𝚘𝚍𝚊𝚢 𝚛𝚎𝚖𝚎𝚖𝚋𝚎𝚛?
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚏𝚛𝚒𝚎𝚗𝚍𝚜 𝚌𝚊𝚗𝚝 𝚌𝚘𝚖𝚙𝚕𝚒𝚖𝚎𝚗𝚝 𝚎𝚊𝚌𝚑 𝚘𝚝𝚑𝚎𝚛?
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝚠𝚊𝚜𝚗'𝚝 𝚊 𝚌𝚘𝚖𝚙𝚕𝚒𝚖𝚎𝚗𝚝 𝚒𝚝 𝚠𝚊𝚜 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚋𝚎𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚊 𝚙𝚎𝚛𝚟
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚝𝚘𝚖𝚊𝚝𝚘 𝚝𝚘𝚖𝚊𝚑𝚝𝚘
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚖𝚘𝚖𝚊 𝚝𝚑𝚎𝚗 𝚏𝚘𝚘𝚍?
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚢𝚎𝚊𝚑 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝'𝚜 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚙𝚕𝚊𝚗
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚌𝚘𝚘𝚕
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚊𝚕𝚜𝚘 𝚒 𝚜𝚎𝚎 𝚞 𝚋𝚝𝚠 𝚒𝚖 𝚕𝚒𝚝𝚎𝚛𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚢 𝚛𝚒𝚐𝚑𝚝 𝚑𝚎𝚛𝚎
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚒 𝚔𝚗𝚘𝚠 𝚒'𝚖 𝚕𝚒𝚝𝚎𝚛𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚢 𝚠𝚊𝚕𝚔𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚝𝚘𝚠𝚊𝚛𝚍 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚛𝚒𝚐𝚑𝚝 𝚗𝚘𝚠
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚊𝚕𝚠𝚊𝚢𝚜 𝚠𝚊𝚕𝚔𝚒𝚗 𝚝𝚘𝚠𝚊𝚛𝚍 𝚖𝚎 𝚗𝚒𝚡
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚌𝚊𝚗𝚝 𝚛𝚎𝚜𝚒𝚜𝚝 𝚖𝚎
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚒'𝚖 𝚕𝚒𝚝𝚎𝚛𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚢 𝚐𝚘𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚝𝚘 𝚝𝚞𝚛𝚗 𝚊𝚛𝚘𝚞𝚗𝚍 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚐𝚘 𝚋𝚊𝚌𝚔 𝚒𝚗𝚜𝚒𝚍𝚎
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚗𝚘 𝚞 𝚠𝚘𝚗𝚝
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚠𝚊𝚝𝚌𝚑 𝚖𝚎
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚊𝚕𝚠𝚊𝚢𝚜 𝚠𝚊𝚝𝚌𝚑𝚒𝚗 𝚞 𝚙𝚑𝚎𝚎
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚠𝚝𝚏 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝'𝚜 𝚌𝚛𝚎𝚎𝚙𝚢 𝚊𝚏
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚠𝚊𝚝𝚌𝚑𝚒𝚗 𝚋𝚞𝚝 𝚖𝚊𝚔𝚎 𝚒𝚝 𝚏𝚛𝚒𝚎𝚗𝚍𝚕𝚢
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚒𝚝'𝚜 𝚕𝚒𝚝𝚎𝚛𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚢 𝚜𝚝𝚊𝚕𝚔𝚎𝚛 𝚋𝚎𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚒𝚘𝚛
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚝𝚘𝚖𝚊𝚝𝚘 𝚝𝚘𝚖𝚊𝚑𝚝𝚘
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚘𝚖𝚏𝚐 𝚜𝚝𝚘𝚙 𝚜𝚊𝚢𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚖𝚊𝚔𝚎 𝚖𝚎
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚞𝚐𝚑𝚑𝚑𝚑𝚑𝚑
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚒 𝚜𝚎𝚎 𝚞 𝚛𝚘𝚕𝚕𝚒𝚗 𝚞𝚛 𝚎𝚢𝚎𝚜 𝚏𝚛𝚘𝚖 𝚑𝚎𝚛𝚎
𝐘𝐨𝐮: 𝚒'𝚖 𝚕𝚒𝚝𝚎𝚛𝚊𝚕𝚕𝚢 𝚊𝚕𝚖𝚘𝚜𝚝 𝚝𝚑𝚎𝚛𝚎 𝚜𝚝𝚘𝚙 𝚝𝚎𝚡𝚝𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚖𝚎
𝐊𝐮𝐤𝐨🖕🏻: 𝚘𝚔 𝚋𝚢𝚎 𝚜𝚎𝚎 𝚞 𝚒𝚗 𝟹𝟸𝟷
You spot him leaning against the lamppost, scrolling on his phone like he doesn’t have a care in the world. Hands shoved into his pockets, shoulders relaxed, black t-shirt fitting just right—not too tight, not too loose. It’s casual. Effortless.
And yeah, you’ve seen him in casual before—sweats, pajamas, even that stupid hoodie he refuses to throw out—but this is different. This is casual street Jungkook in the wild, outside the apartment.
Casual street Jungkook who’s here with you to do something normal and non-sexual and… friendly.
He looks good. But then again, you already knew that. There’s a reason you fuck him despite his infuriating personality.
Even when he says things that make you want to strangle him with his own belt.
He catches sight of you approaching and grins, that stupid lopsided grin that’s all teeth and confidence.
“Hey,” he says, voice light like this is just another day.
You don’t respond. Don’t even look up from your phone as your thumb swipes through apps in search of Maps.
“We have a twenty-minute ride from Union Square to the MoMA,” you say flatly. “The exhibit starts in thirty-five, so let’s go.”
“Sure,” he says easily, pushing off the lamppost with a lazy shrug. “What line?”
“N, Q, R—whichever comes first.” You finally glance up at him as you say it, but only briefly. Just long enough to catch the slight raise of his eyebrows before he nods.
“Okay.”
And then you’re walking side by side toward the subway entrance like this is normal. Like this isn’t the first time you’ve agreed to spend time together without sex as the unspoken endgame.
The stairs down to the subway are crowded—typical for a weekday evening—and you both swipe your cards at the turnstile without a word. There’s a guy pissing in one corner of the station (because of course there is), and Jungkook widens his eyes in a grimace like he’s trying to wipe away the sight of it. You don’t comment, just keep moving toward the platform like nothing happened.
It shouldn’t feel awkward. It’s never been awkward with him before—not even when things got messy or complicated or downright stupid between you two.
But now?
Now it feels like there’s this invisible weight hanging between you, pressing down on every step you take together.
Maybe it’s because he brought up that whole “trying to be friends” thing this morning—friends who have expectations, and expectations lead to disappointment, and disappointment leads to losing control.
Or maybe it’s because now that he said it out loud—now that he put friendship on the table—you can’t stop overthinking every little thing about this outing.
What does he expect from you? Does he want small talk? Does he want silence? Is this supposed to feel casual or meaningful or something else entirely?
You glance at him out of the corner of your eye as you both stop near the edge of the platform. He’s standing close but not too close—hands still in his pockets, gaze fixed on some ad plastered across the opposite wall. He doesn’t look uncomfortable or tense or anything remotely resembling how you feel right now.
Which makes sense because Jungkook never overthinks anything. He just does whatever feels right in the moment and deals with the consequences later (if at all).
It’s one of the things that drives you crazy about him—and maybe one of the things you secretly envy.
The train isn’t here yet, so now what? Do you say something? Ask him about his day? Pretend this is normal and fine and not at all weird for you?
“So…” Your voice comes out hesitant—too hesitant—and you immediately hate yourself for it.
Nice going, stupid bitch.
He glances at you but doesn’t say anything right away, waiting for you to finish whatever thought you’re trying (and failing) to articulate.
“What did… what did you do?” You clear your throat awkwardly, shifting your weight from one foot to the other as if that’ll somehow make this less painful for both of you. “Until… y’know… five?”
His lips twitch like he’s fighting back a smirk—like he knows exactly how much effort it took for you to ask such a simple question—and for some reason that makes you want to shove his head against the next train.
“Not much,” he says finally, his tone casual but not dismissive. “Watched some YouTube tutorials. Tried making sourdough again.”
You blink at him. “Sourdough?”
“Yeah.” He shrugs like it’s no big deal, like baking bread is just a totally normal thing for someone like him to do in their free time. “Didn’t come out great though.”
“Oh.”
You don’t know what else to say to that—to him—so instead you just nod and glance down at your phone again like there’s something urgent demanding your attention.
But then, as if destiny decided (for once) to make things easier for you, the train arrives with its usual screech of brakes and rush of stale air, saving you from having to come up with any more awkward small talk on the platform.
So you step onto the train together—side by side but not touching—and you can’t help but wonder if this whole ‘trying to be friends’ thing is going to be harder than either of you realized.
Inside Jungkook moves instinctively to the metal bar overhead, reaching up to steady himself as the train lurches forward. You follow suit, your fingers wrapping around the same bar just a few inches away from his.
It’s fine. It’s normal. People share subway bars all the time. Nothing weird about it.
Except your hand shifts slightly as the train rounds a corner, and suddenly your pinky brushes against his. Just barely���a fleeting touch—but it’s enough to make you freeze for half a second.
And…
You don’t look at him.
You refuse to look at him.
Because if you do, you’ll see that stupid smirk he always gets when he knows he’s gotten under your skin, and you’re not sure you can handle that right now.
But then his hand shifts too—like, on purpose?—and his pinky brushes yours again.
Softer this time.
Lingering.
Your stomach twists in a way that feels equal parts annoying and… something else you don’t want to name. You glance up at him despite yourself, ready to snap something sarcastic or dismissive or whatever it takes to make this moment feel less charged than it suddenly does.
But he’s not smirking. He’s just… looking at you. Calmly. Quietly. Like this is nothing more than two people sharing a subway bar in a crowded train.
And maybe it is nothing. Maybe you’re just overthinking it because that’s what you do—because every little thing with him feels like it carries more weight than it should.
Still, when his fingers shift again—this time curling slightly so the side of his hand presses against yours—you don’t pull away.
You don’t say anything either, just let your fingers relax against the bar as the train rattles onward.
It’s small. Subtle. Barely even noticeable in the grand scheme of things.
But somehow, in the cramped chaos of the subway car—with strangers pressed against you on all sides—it feels like the quietest moment you’ve had all day.
You don’t look at him again—not directly—but out of the corner of your eye, you catch the faintest hint of a smile tugging at his lips. Not cocky or teasing or anything remotely resembling his usual expressions.
Just soft.
And for some reason, that makes your throat tighten all over again.
You never expected to find Jungkook beautiful.
He stands in front of a massive black and white photograph with his head tilted slightly and dark brown eyes narrowed in concentration.
The lightning inside the space makes everything feel way more thought-provoking than it actually is. All you notice, really, is how it deepens the line of his jaw, the slight furrow between his eyebrows. His lips, and how they move silently, like he's having some private conversation with the image before him.
Stupid, handsome motherfucker. Why does he exist in your space?
You've seen him naked. You've seen him laughing so hard he nearly falls off the couch. You've seen him half-asleep and grumpy at 6 AM.
But you've never seen him like this—completely absorbed, genuinely focused on something that isn't getting laid or annoying the shit out of you.
"The composition is fucking incredible," he says without looking at you, gesturing at the photograph. "See how they've used negative space to draw your eye to the subject? And the depth of field is so deliberate—keeps you just slightly off-balance."
You blink, caught off guard by the sudden technical analysis. Since when does Jungkook know smart words?
"You actually know about photography?" It comes out more surprised than you intended.
He turns to you then, one eyebrow raised. "Film major, Nix. Kind of comes with the territory."
"Yeah, but—" You stop yourself, not sure how to articulate that you assumed his interest in film was mostly about looking cool and impressing girls.
"But what?"
"Nothing," you mutter, moving closer to the photograph. "Just didn't realize you paid attention in class."
He snorts. "I maintain my GPA through pure charm and good looks alone. No actual knowledge required."
You roll your eyes, but there's no real annoyance behind it. "Seriously though, you seem like you actually know what you're talking about. It's... weird."
"Weird that I'm not a complete idiot?" He steps back from the photograph, hands sliding into his pockets. "Gee, thanks."
"That's not what I meant."
He shrugs, already moving toward the next piece—a series of distorted portraits that seem to melt into one another.
"I just like this stuff. Always have."
You follow him, curiosity getting the better of you.
"Since when?"
"Since forever," he says, stopping in front of the portraits. "My mom was into photography. Had this old Pentax she used to carry everywhere. Taught me how to develop film in our bathroom when I was like, eight."
His voice always turns weirdly soft when his mom is involved. It makes you pause.
This is the most he's ever shared about his family, you realize.
You're not sure whether to press further or let it go.
Before you can decide, he continues, "These portraits are using multiple exposure. See how the faces blend together? It's like—when you overlay two negatives, you get this ghost effect. The new digital stuff makes it easier, but there's something about doing it on actual film that hits different."
His enthusiasm is... surprising. And weirdly contagious. You find yourself leaning in closer to see what he's pointing out, actually interested in the technical explanation.
"The photographer probably used a really slow shutter speed too," he adds, gesturing at the blurred edges of the subjects' features. "Makes movement look like this—sort of ethereal, you know?"
You don't know, not really, but you nod anyway.
Because his voice picks up speed when he talks about this, his hands do slightly more animated movements as he explains, and there’s genuine passion coloring his words and it’s…
It's... different. Seeing him care about something so much.
"What?" he asks suddenly, catching you staring at him.
You hadn't realized you were. Heat creeps up your neck, and you look away quickly.
"Nothing."
"Nah, you were looking at me weird."
"Just..." You shrug, aiming for casual. "You're a huge nerd, that's all."
He blinks at you, then barks out a laugh. "Wow. I share my vast knowledge and expertise, and that's what I get?"
"Vast knowledge? Your head barely fits in the room as it is."
"That's it," he declares, turning away dramatically. "I'm not explaining anything else. Figure it out yourself, philistine."
You swat at his arm, fighting a smile. "Oh come on, I was joking. Keep nerding out. It's..." Cute? Interesting? Surprisingly not annoying? "...Educational."
He gives you a suspicious look but seems mollified. "Fine. But only because I'm generous with my brilliance."
You snort, following him to the next piece. "So generous."
And it's strange, this feeling—this easy back-and-forth that doesn't have the usual sharp edges.
For a moment, it almost feels like you could be friends. Real friends, not just roommates who occasionally fuck and mostly argue.
The thought is so unexpected that it—
Pain.
Sharp and sudden, like someone stabbing a hot poker into your lower abdomen. Your breath catches, body instinctively curling in on itself.
Your hand flies to your stomach as another wave hits, this one even more intense than the first.
It's the IUD again—has to be. But this is worse than before. Much worse.
You stop walking, one hand gripping the nearby wall for support as you try to breathe through it.
Just breathe. It'll pass. It has to.
It doesn't.
The third wave nearly brings you to your knees, a cold sweat breaking out across your forehead.
Jungkook makes it several steps before realizing you're no longer beside him. He turns back, eyes falling on your hunched form, and his expression shifts instantly from relaxed to concerned.
"Yo, what's wrong?" He's back at your side in three quick strides, voice pitched low but urgent.
You shake your head, not trusting yourself to speak yet. Just need a minute. Just need to breathe.
"Phoenix?" His hand hovers near your elbow, not quite touching. "Hey, talk to me. What's happening?"
"It's—" Another stab of pain cuts you off, and you bite down hard on your lip to keep from making a sound. "It's nothing. Just—cramps."
His frown deepens, eyes scanning your face.
"Bullshit. You look like you're about to pass out."
"I'm fine," you insist. "Just give me a second."
The lie tastes bitter on your tongue, but the alternative is worse.
Admitting weakness? Letting him see you crumble?
Absolutely fucking not.
Your uterus twists again—sadistic little organ—and you clench your jaw so hard you're surprised your teeth don't crack.
Breathe. Just breathe. You've handled worse.
(Have you, though?)
He's hovering now, that frown cutting deeper between his eyebrows, and you hate it.
Hate how his eyes flick over your face, cataloging symptoms.
Hate how his hand lifts halfway toward you before dropping back to his side, like he's afraid to touch you without permission.
"Ibuprofen," you manage, the word strained but determined. "I just need some ibuprofen."
"Nix, you seriously look like you're about to pass out—"
"Ibuprofen," you cut him off, sharper this time. "Seriously. I'll be okay. Just need. Ibuprofen."
You're not going home. Not happening.
You just got this fucking copper IUD on Wednesday—of course it's being a bitch. Three days of cramping is normal, right? Has to be.
And this is your first real attempt at being normal humans together, plus it's his birthday and Yoongi's expecting you to keep him out until eight. Your goddamn uterus is not ruining this.
A particularly vicious cramp rips through you, and you have to bite down on your lip to keep from making a sound. Jungkook notices, because of course he does. His eyes narrow, jaw working like he's physically biting back whatever argument he wants to make.
Finally, he sighs—loud, frustrated, dramatic in that way only he can be.
"Okay."
The surrender in his voice shouldn't feel like a victory, but it does. Even as another cramp threatens to fold you in half.
"Okay," he repeats, softer. "Let me see if I can get you one. Just—wait here, alright?"
He wraps his fingers around your elbow, not gripping, just guiding, and you let him because walking feels like a monumental task right now. .
Focus. One foot, then the other.
There's a cushioned bench a few feet away. A kid sits at one end, maybe seven or eight, swinging his legs and staring at the floor with the bored expression of someone dragged to a museum against his will.
Jungkook walks you toward it, his hand steady on your arm.
"Hello," he says to the boy, voice gentler than you've ever heard from him. "Sorry, my friend over here is in pain and really needs to sit down."
The kid looks up—first at Jungkook, then at you—eyes widening slightly. He doesn't say anything, just scoots over, fingers drifting to his mouth as he continues to stare.
"Thanks, buddy," Jungkook says, helping you sit.
You sink onto the bench, the relief immediate but not enough. It still feels like someone's playing Operation with your insides, fishing out organs with a pair of rusty pliers.
Jungkook lingers for a second, hesitant.
"You sure you'll be okay if I—"
"Go," you grit out, not trusting yourself to say more.
He gives you one last look—concerned, frustrated, something else you can't name—before turning and striding away with purpose, disappearing around a corner.
And then it's just you, the kid, and the agony twisting through your abdomen.
Great. Fantastic. You can't even make it through one normal human interaction without your body staging a fucking rebellion.
Every time you try to—what? Be a decent person? Spend time with someone who isn't Yeji? The universe laughs in your face.
The kid is still staring at you, blue eyes huge in his small face. You force what you hope is a reassuring smile but suspect looks more like a grimace.
"Your face is becoming white," he says matter-of-factly.
"Thanks," you mutter. "I'm aware."
"Like a ghost," he adds helpfully. "Are you gonna throw up?"
Jesus Christ. This is your life now. Being assessed by a tiny human while your reproductive system wages war against the rest of your organs.
"No," you say, though you're not entirely sure that's true. "Just need some medicine."
"My mom says medicine is for when you're really sick," he informs you, kicking his heels against the bench. "Are you really sick?"
Another twist of pain, and you have to close your eyes for a second.
"Something like that."
"Is that man your boyfriend?"
God, children and their questions. No filter, just an endless stream of curiosity with no regard for social niceties.
You should lie.
Should say yes, it would be simpler than explaining the complicated mess that is you and Jungkook.
"No," you say instead. "Just a... friend."
The word still feels strange. Foreign. Like you're saying it in a language you barely speak.
"Oh." The kid looks disappointed. "He looks like a superhero."
Despite everything—the pain, the frustration, the growing concern that the gyno didn't warn you about this level of copper IUD hell—you almost laugh.
Because Jungkook? Oh he would fucking love that. His ego is already the size of Manhattan; the last thing he needs is child-based validation of his supposed heroism.
"More like a supervillain," you mutter.
The boy's eyes widen further. "Really?"
"No, not really. Just a regular person who's..." You pause, not sure how to finish that sentence.
Annoying? Complicated? Stupidly attractive even when he's being insufferable?
"...helping me out."
You press your palm harder against your abdomen, hoping the pressure will somehow counteract the pain. But truthfully, it doesn't. If anything, it's getting worse, spreading from your core outward until your lower back aches and your thighs feel weak.
This can't be normal.
Well, maybe it is.
You've never had an IUD before—what the hell do you know?
Clearly should've read beyond the first page of that pamphlet they gave you, but you were too busy trying not to think about the actual insertion part.
"I have lots of friends," the kid announces proudly. "But none of them are girls."
He wrinkles his nose like this is the most disgusting concept imaginable.
Despite everything—the pain, the frustration, the knowledge that this day is slowly derailing—you almost smile.
"Girls aren't so bad."
He shrugs, unconvinced. "They like stupid stuff."
"So do boys."
"Nuh-uh. Boys like cool things. Like dinosaurs."
"Girls can like dinosaurs too."
He considers this, head tilted.
"I guess. My sister doesn't though. She just likes her stupid boyfriend." The contempt in his voice is impressive for someone whose feet don't touch the floor.
You're saved from further insights into his sister's love life by Jungkook's return. He's walking toward you with a small paper cup in one hand and a bottle of water in the other, his expression still caught between concern and that strange new softness.
"Got you covered," he says, dropping into a crouch in front of you. "They had a first aid station. Ibuprofen and water."
You take the pills and water with hands that shake slightly, downing them quickly.
"Thanks."
He sits beside you on the bench, close but not touching—some sort of distance that feels both considerate and maddening.
You realize now Jungkook is not one to push boundaries. Not when they’re firm, not when you’ve made them clear. Like when you told him this thing between you two stayed between you two and he just accepted it.
"Should take about twenty minutes to kick in," he says, voice low and even.
You nod, focusing on your breathing.
In and out. Slow and steady. Just get through this. You've handled worse.
(Have you, though? Because right now it feels like your insides are trying to claw their way out.)
"We can go home," he offers, so subsided it's almost comical coming from him. "If you want."
"No." The word comes out sharper than intended, and you soften it with, "No, I'm fine. Just need a minute."
He doesn't argue, just nods like he expected this answer.
Of course he did.
He knows you're stubborn, knows you hate showing weakness, knows you'll suffer through just about anything to avoid admitting you can't handle it.
The silence stretches between you, but it's not uncomfortable. Not exactly. It's... waiting. Patient. And you note how his knee bounces slightly, the only sign of restless energy in his otherwise still form.
"Thanks," you say again, quieter this time.
He glances at you, surprise flitting across his features.
"For what?"
"For not..." You gesture vaguely, searching for the right words. "Making it a thing."
His lips twitch, almost a smile but not quite.
"It's your body, Nix. Your call."
Something warm and unexpected unfurls in your chest at that—at the simple acknowledgment of your autonomy, your right to decide how to handle your own pain.
He could push. Could insist on taking you home, on calling a doctor, on making decisions for you "for your own good."
It's what most people would do, have always done, their concern overriding your independence.
But he doesn't.
Just sits beside you, a quiet presence in the middle of this mess, respecting your boundaries even as his knee keeps bouncing with what you suspect is concern he's trying not to voice.
It's... nice. Weird, but nice.
The kid on the bench has gone quiet, watching both of you with curious eyes. His mother appears suddenly, a harried-looking woman with a museum map clutched in one hand.
"Aiden, there you are! I told you not to wander off." She gives you and Jungkook an apologetic smile. "Sorry if he bothered you."
"He's fine," Jungkook says, easy and casual. "Just keeping us company."
Aiden slides off the bench, taking his mother's outstretched hand.
“They're friends," he informs her solemnly. "But not boyfriend and girlfriend."
His mother looks mortified. "Aiden!"
"It's okay," you manage, fighting back a laugh that would probably hurt like hell. "He's just observant."
Aiden's mother drags him away, his sneakers squeaking against the polished floor as he waves one last time.
And then it's just the two of you, sitting in silence on a bench in the middle of the MoMA like you belong there. Like this is normal.
All the while, the pain persists, still twisting through your abdomen.
Jungkook hums quietly—something soft and melodic that takes you a moment to recognize.
John Mayer. Of course it's fucking John Mayer.
Your gaze drifts to the floor, tracing the patterns in the polished concrete as another thought forms, heavy and insistent.
Should you tell him? About the IUD?
He's worried. You can see it in his eyes, the way his fingers tap restlessly against his thigh, the occasional glance he throws your way when he thinks you're not looking.
But he's not pushing. Not demanding explanations or insisting on taking you home.
Because that's not what he does.
He suggests, offers, hints... but never forces. Never demands.
Just accepts whatever you're willing to give, even when it's clear he wants more.
This morning he talked about being friends. About sharing things. About being more than just roommates who occasionally fuck and mostly argue.
Maybe this could be a first step. A tiny gesture toward whatever it is he's proposing.
But also...
Also what if you tell him and he smirks? Makes some stupid joke about how you wanted him raw that badly?
You know how quickly he covers discomfort with humor, how reliably he turns to sexual innuendo when a moment gets too real or too heavy.
And this moment is nothing if not heavy.
But overthinking it is getting you nowhere, and the silence is stretching too long, becoming its own kind of weight.
So you take a breath, summon what little courage the pain hasn't eaten away, and speak.
"I got an IUD." The words come out soft, hushed, almost hoping he won't hear them. "Wednesday."
His head tilts toward you, and you brace yourself. Wait for the snort, the smirk, the inevitable sexual commentary that will make you regret this tiny moment of trust.
But it never comes.
He just sighs softly, a small shrug lifting his shoulders.
"That's good."
Your eyes drift to him, confusion replacing the defensive tension you were building, because what does he mean?
He meets your gaze, then looks back at the photograph on the wall.
“I mean, it's good you're taking care of yourself. Your sexual health." Another shrug, this one smaller. "That's good, Nix."
Something in your chest loosens—a knot you didn't realize you were holding tight.
It's... not what you expected. Not from him.
Not from anyone, really.
"Yeah, well." You shift on the bench, wincing as the movement sends a dull throb through your lower abdomen. "Not feeling particularly great about it at the moment."
His lips quirk, not quite a smile.
"Pain that bad?"
"Like someone's playing Operation with my insides, but they're losing."
A soft laugh escapes him. "Fucking brutal."
"Pretty much."
Another stretch of silence, but this one feels different. Lighter, somehow. The pain is still there, but it's muted now, less all-consuming.
"Copper or hormonal?" he asks, voice casual like he's asking about the weather, not your reproductive choices.
You blink at him, genuinely surprised.
"You know the difference?"
"I do actually pay attention in health class, Phoenix. Plus, you know. Been with people who've had them."
"Copper," you answer, focusing on the question instead of whatever that feeling was. "I had a feeling hormones would mess with me."
He nods like this makes perfect sense. "Those are the ones that hurt more at first, right? Take longer to settle?"
Again, that surprise. "Yeah. How do you know that?"
"My ex." He shifts slightly on the bench, angling more toward you without actually moving closer. "She had one. Copper. Cramped like hell the first few months."
"Months?" The word comes out more alarmed than you intended.
His eyes widen slightly. "Not like, continuously. Just periodically. Mostly when she got her period. It got better though. Less intense over time."
"Great," you mutter. "Something to look forward to."
"Sorry." He winces. "Not helping, am I?"
"Not really, no."
"Do you..." He hesitates, eyes scanning your face like he's checking for warning signs. "Do you regret getting it?"
The question catches you off guard. Not because it's invasive—it's actually pretty reasonable given the context—but because of how genuinely he asks it. Like he really wants to know what you think. Not to judge, just to understand.
"No," you say after a moment. "No, I don't regret it. I wanted it. Chose it. This—This is just the shitty part. It'll pass."
"And this is something you want? Long-term?"
You nod, a little less certain than before but still sure enough.
"Yeah. I like not having to worry about it. Worth some pain now."
"Make sense. That's... smart." He tilts his head, that thoughtful look you rarely see crossing his features. "Planning ahead."
"One of us has to," you say without thinking.
His eyebrows shoot up. "Ouch. Direct hit, Nix."
"Sorry, I didn't mean—"
"Nah, it's fair." He cuts you off with a small laugh. "I'm not exactly Mr. Responsibility."
The self-awareness surprises you.
"You're not that bad."
"I’m not?”
“Okay I take it back.”
He chuckles.
The pain stabs again, sharper this time, and you can't quite hide the wince. His expression shifts immediately.
"Need to move around? Sometimes that helps."
You consider it. Sitting here isn't doing much except letting you focus on how much it hurts.
“Maybe."
"Think the ibuprofen's kicking in at all?"
His eyes scan your face, and you wonder what he sees there. Probably not the composed, controlled person you're trying to project.
"A little. It's not as bad as before."
"That's something." He stands, offering a hand but not insisting when you ignore it and push yourself up on your own. "We could head to the next gallery? Or go back to the one with that series you liked—the urban decay stuff."
The fact that he noticed which photographs caught your interest earlier shouldn't feel significant. It's just basic observation. Nothing special.
But it does. Feel significant, that is.
"Let's try the next one," you say, taking a tentative step. The pain doesn't immediately floor you, which is an improvement. "Slowly, though."
"No rush." He falls into step beside you, hands shoved in his pockets in that casual way he has, like he's completely at ease no matter where he is.
You nod, trying not to think about the surprise dinner. Trying even harder not to think about the stupid Mayer vinyl you bought him and the fact that all his film bros will be there.
"Thanks," you say after a few steps. "For not being weird about the IUD thing."
He glances at you, something almost like surprise flickering across his features before settling into a small smile.
“Nothing to be weird about. It's your body, Nix. Your choice."
"Yeah, but." You struggle to articulate what you mean. "Most guys would make some gross joke or get all squirmy talking about it."
"I'm not most guys."
"Okay pick me boy."
“And here we go again.” He snorts.
“Hey, you’re the one who said that generic ass shit.”
"Uh-uh, so," he says, deliberately casual as you round the corner into the next gallery space. "How do you feel about Mayer?"
You groan, shoving him lightly.
"I knew it. I fucking knew you were humming that shit on purpose."
He laughs, the sound warm and surprisingly genuine.
"Gravity is a classic! You can hate on the man all you want, but you can't deny the music."
"Watch me."
And just like that, you're arguing about John Mayer in the middle of the MoMA, the pain still there but somehow less important than this stupid debate about whether "Your Body Is A Wonderland" is the worst song ever written or just mostly terrible.
It's strange. Unexpected. Almost... nice
Maybe this friend thing isn't completely impossible after all.
New York smells different right before sunset.
The city air mellows somehow. Still dirty, still chaotic, but softer now. Like the golden hour light filtering through the buildings is actually changing the molecular structure of everything it touches.
Or maybe that's just the ibuprofen finally kicking in and making life worth living again. Hard to say.
Your phone pings as you walk beside Jungkook, the busy street full of that weird liminal energy between work day and evening. People rushing home, people headed out, everyone caught in that transitional space of not-quite-done and not-quite-started.
It's Yoongi, his message simple and direct:
𝐘𝐨𝐨𝐧𝐠𝐬🎧: 𝙷𝚘𝚠’𝚜 𝚒𝚝 𝚐𝚘𝚒𝚗𝚐? 𝚂𝚝𝚒𝚕𝚕 𝚘𝚗 𝚝𝚛𝚊𝚌𝚔?
You glance at Jungkook, who's completely absorbed in his own phone, thumbs tapping absently against the screen.
Focused. Unaware.
Perfect.
You send back a quick thumbs up emoji, ignoring the follow-up questions Yoongi's already typing. The less you engage, the less likely you are to give something away.
6:30 PM.
Just over an hour until you need to steer Jungkook to the ramen place for his surprise. An hour to fill without either dying from secret uterine rebellion or accidentally revealing the plan.
You slide your phone back into your pocket and lean slightly to see what's so captivating on Jungkook's screen.
Not that you care. Just curious. Normal curious, not weird curious.
Instagram?
He's editing a photo—one of the abstract architectural shots he took at the museum when you weren't paying attention.
It's actually... pretty good.
The photo highlights the sharp angles of the stairwell, light cutting through the space in a way that transforms something mundane into something almost ethereal.
"You have a photography Instagram?"
He startles, immediately angling the phone away from you with the guilty reflex of someone caught looking at porn in public.
"Yeah, but it's nothing important. Just, you know. Silly stuff."
That's... suspicious. Jungkook doesn't do self-deprecation, not about things he's clearly good at.
He's the first person to brag about his skills, his looks, his whatever. The fact that he's downplaying this is weird.
"What silly stuff?" You raise an eyebrow, trying to peer around his shoulder at the now-hidden screen. "Show me."
"No, seriously, it's no big deal." He actually puts his phone in his pocket, which is basically equivalent to locking it in a vault given how attached he usually is to the thing. "Just a hobby."
"Since when are you shy about anything?" You nudge his arm with your elbow, oddly intrigued by this sudden reluctance. "Come on, I’ll show you mine, you show me yours."
"Not everything has to be an innuendo, Phoenix."
"That wasn't—" You stop yourself, because okay, that did sound suggestive. "Come on, I let you drag me through an entire photography exhibition. The least you could do is let me see your supposed 'silly' photography Instagram."
He's not looking at you now, eyes fixed somewhere to the left, scanning the street like he's searching for an escape route.
Then his face changes, relief washing over his features as he spots something across the way.
"Hey, wanna check that out?"
He points toward a small storefront wedged between a vintage clothing shop and a bubble tea place. The sign reads 'String Theory: DIY Jewelry & Crafts' in quirky hand-painted letters.
"A bracelet shop?" You follow his gaze, genuinely confused by the abrupt change of subject. "Seriously?"
"Yeah, why not?" He's already moving toward the crosswalk, clearly eager to leave the Instagram conversation behind. "Could be fun."
"Since when do you care about DIY bracelets?"
He shrugs, the movement a little too casual to be genuine. "Since right now. Come on, Nix. Live a little."
You narrow your eyes, suspicious of this sudden interest in arts and crafts, but follow him anyway.
Because in all honesty… The distraction isn't unwelcome—you've still got an hour to kill, and arguing about his secret Instagram account wasn't exactly on your agenda for the day.
Plus, whatever he's hiding must be good if he's willing to make friendship bracelets to avoid talking about it.
You approach the shop, and it is small but bright, walls lined with colorful spools of thread, beads in every imaginable shape and size, and an assortment of charms that range from the typical (hearts, stars, moons) to the bizarre (tiny plastic dinosaurs, miniature food items, and what appears to be a collection of famous dictators' faces).
A twenty-something with purple hair and more piercings than you can count greets you from behind the counter.
"Welcome to String Theory! Let me know if you need help finding anything."
Jungkook nods in acknowledgement, already wandering toward a display of leather cords and metal clasps. You follow, still puzzled by this whole detour.
"So this is what we're doing now? Making friendship bracelets?" You pick up a spool of neon green thread, turning it over in your fingers. "Is this your way of making our friendship official? Should we be getting cards and flowers too?"
He snorts, examining a tray of silver charms with unexpected interest.
"If anyone's getting flowers in this scenario, it's me. I'm high maintenance."
"Yeah, no shit."
He glances at you, that familiar half-smile playing at the corner of his mouth.
“We don't have to stay if you don't want to. Just thought it might be..." He trails off, shrugging again in that way he does when he's trying to seem indifferent.
"What? Entertaining? A good way to avoid showing me your Instagram?"
"Both." He picks up a small wolf charm, turning it over in his fingers. "But mostly I thought it might be fun. You know, do something with our hands that isn't..."
He wiggles his eyebrows suggestively.
"And there's the innuendo. I was wondering how long you could go without making it weird."
"About thirty seconds, apparently." He sets the charm down, moving on to a collection of colored stones. "So, you want to make something or not?"
You consider it.
On one hand, making bracelets seems like a throwback to summer camp or middle school sleepovers—not exactly your usual Saturday night activity.
On the other hand, you've got time to kill, and it's oddly... refreshing to see Jungkook interested in something so innocuous.
Plus, you're still curious about that Instagram account, and maybe if you play along with this diversion, he'll eventually let his guard down enough to show you.
"Fine." You grab a small plastic basket from a stack near the entrance. "But I'm not making anything with your name on it, so don't get any ideas."
"Wouldn't dream of it." His smile widens into something more genuine. "Though I bet you'd rock a ‘Kuko 4-Ever' bracelet."
"I'd rather die, thanks."
You move along the wall, selecting threads in deep blues and purples because they're pretty, not because they remind you of the way Jungkook's hair sometimes looks in certain light. That would be stupid.
"So," you say casually, examining a tray of small metallic beads, "are you going to tell me about this secret Instagram account or what?"
He sighs, the sound more resigned than annoyed. "It's not secret. It's just... separate."
"Separate from what?"
"From me. From Jungkook. It's just a creative outlet, okay? Nothing special."
"But good enough that you don't want to show me."
He looks at you then, really looks at you, and there's something unexpectedly vulnerable in his expression.
"It's not that I don't want to show you. It's just... people get weird about it."
"Weird how?"
"They either think it's pretentious or they make too big a deal out of it." He moves to another display, this one filled with various charms. "It's easier to just keep it separate."
You follow him, curiosity piqued even further.
Jungkook, who walks around the apartment half-naked without a second thought, who leaves his dirty laundry in the most inconvenient places possible, who has absolutely no qualms about sharing the explicit details of his sex life—this same Jungkook is suddenly shy about his photography?
"I won't make it weird," you offer, surprising yourself with the sincerity in your voice. "Promise."
He looks skeptical. "You make everything weird, Nix. It's your special talent."
"Fuck off." You snatch a small charm from the tray without really looking at it—something circular with delicate metalwork. "I can appreciate art without being weird about it."
"It's not really art. Just photos."
"Of what?"
He hesitates, fingers tracing the edge of a tray.
"Mostly urban stuff. Architecture. Shadows. Light. Some nature." A shrug. "Just things I find interesting."
"That actually sounds cool."
He glances at you like he's checking for signs of mockery, then seems to decide you're being genuine.
"Yeah, well. Maybe I'll show you. Someday."
It's not a yes, but it's not a hard no either.
You'll take it.
"Cool." You move to the register, where the purple-haired employee is arranging a display of finished samples. "So how do we actually do this bracelet thing? I haven't made one since I was like, twelve."
"You think I have?" Jungkook laughs, setting his basket beside yours on the counter. "I'm flying blind here too."
The employee—Ash, according to their name tag—smiles.
“That's what I'm here for. What kind of bracelet are you thinking? We've got traditional friendship styles, leather wraps, beaded, charm..."
"Whatever's easiest," you say at the same time Jungkook says, "The coolest one."
Ash's smile widens. "How about a leather cord with beads? Simple but looks great."
"Sounds good," Jungkook agrees, emptying his basket on the counter. "Can we work on them here?"
"Absolutely. Let me set you up at the table in the back."
As you follow Ash toward a small workshop area in the rear of the store, your phone buzzes again. You check it discreetly.
𝐓𝐚𝐞🎨: 𝚎𝚟𝚎𝚛𝚢𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚛𝚎𝚊𝚍𝚢. 𝚓𝚞𝚜𝚝 𝚐𝚎𝚝 𝚑𝚒𝚖 𝚑𝚎𝚛𝚎 𝚋𝚢 𝟾. 𝚑𝚘𝚋𝚒’𝚜 𝚊𝚋𝚘𝚞𝚝 𝚝𝚘 𝚕𝚘𝚜𝚎 𝚑𝚒𝚜 𝚖𝚒𝚗𝚍 𝚘𝚟𝚎𝚛 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚍𝚎𝚌𝚘𝚛𝚊𝚝𝚒𝚘𝚗𝚜.
You glance at the time.
6:45 PM.
Just over an hour left of... this. This strange, not entirely unpleasant detour into something that feels almost like friendship.
You slip your phone away before Jungkook can see, ignoring the small voice in the back of your mind that wonders what other secrets he might be keeping, and why you suddenly care so much about finding them out.
Ash sets you up at a small wooden table pressed right against the front window.
"So, what are we making?" Jungkook asks, already rummaging through his selection of beads like a kid sorting Halloween candy.
You don't answer immediately, an idea taking shape as you run your fingers over the threads and beads scattered across the table. Your eyes catch on the small containers of alphabet beads near the edge of the table, then drift to the vibrant collection of orange, red, and yellow beads in various shapes and finishes.
Perfect.
You pull the alphabet containers closer, fishing out specific letters: P, H, O, E, N, I, X. Setting them in a neat line in front of you, you reach for more: R, O, G, U, E.
Jungkook watches, brows drawing closer together as he pieces together what you're doing.
When recognition hits, he laughs—short and surprised.
"Okay, seriously? You're making Phoenix and Rogue bracelets now?"
You shrug, reaching for the orange, red, and yellow beads, arranging them between the letters.
"What? Hell yeah. We already branded each other, might as well make it something to remember each other by."
"You think I want to walk around with a bracelet that says 'Rogue' on my wrist?"
He looks genuinely baffled, like you've suggested he tattoo your face on his ass.
"I don't care what you do with it." You roll your eyes, already threading through the first bead. "I'm making mine."
He snorts, but instead of arguing further, he actually helps you sort through the letter beads, pushing the ones you need closer. Then, to your surprise, he reaches for the same fiery-colored beads you've been using.
"What?" he says, catching your look. "If we're doing this ridiculous twin bracelet thing, they might as well match."
"I thought you'd go for all black or something."
He shrugs, picking out a particularly vibrant red bead.
"Rogues can be fiery too. Besides," he adds with a half-smile, "these are my colors."
"Your colors?"
"Yeah." He lays out a pattern—red, orange, yellow, just like yours. "Warm tones. Bold. Kind of obnoxious if you use too many at once."
"Sounds like someone I know," you mutter, and he chuckles.
Your fingers work almost automatically, threading beads onto the leather cord. You're not being symbolic on purpose. It just looks nice.
When you glance up, Jungkook is staring at his own pile of beads, expression oddly distant.
He's rolling a small sun charm between his fingers, back and forth, like he's trying to make a decision.
"What?" you ask, because his silence feels weird.
He shrugs, the motion feeling slightly too forced on him.
"Nothing. Just..." He sets the charm down, picks up a red bead instead. "I actually had one of these. A bracelet. When I was a kid."
This feels like something—a small piece of himself he's offering without being pushed.
So you keep your tone light when you ask.
"Yeah? What kind?"
"Leather, like this." He picks up one of the cords, wrapping it around his wrist to measure before cutting it. "With these bright beads my mom found at some market. Reds and oranges, kind of like these. I wore it until it literally fell apart."
"How old were you?"
"I don't know. Ten? Eleven?" He shrugs again. "Young enough that it was still cool, not lame."
"And now?"
His eyes flick up to yours, then away. "Now what?"
"Is it lame now?"
His expression wavers, tightening around the mouth.
"Nah, it's whatever." He starts threading red and orange beads onto his cord, precise and quick. "Just not something guys usually wear, you know? Unless they're trying to be edgy or something."
"Since when do you care about what's 'usually' done?"
He laughs, but it sounds different than his normal laugh—a little hollow, a little forced.
"Fair point."
You work in silence for a few minutes, with some accompanying sounds; like the soft click of beads and the occasional muttered curse when you drop one.
A yellow bead rolls across the table toward Jungkook, who catches it easily.
"Thanks," you mutter as he hands it back.
"No problem." He pauses, looking at the half-finished bracelet in his hands. "I lied, by the way."
"About what?"
"My mom didn't find the beads." He keeps his eyes on his work, not looking at you. "I did. She just helped me put it together because I was too small to handle the clasps."
Something about the way he says it makes your chest tighten—like this isn't just a random childhood memory but something… soft.
Something he doesn't share often.
"That's sweet," you say, matching his tone. "You don't talk about your mom much."
He tenses, and you inwardly curse yourself.
"Not much to say."
That's a lie if you've ever heard one, but you don't push. Whatever this is—this small opening, it feels fragile. Like pressing too hard would make him shut down completely.
"Mine would've hated this place," you offer instead. "Too messy. Too handmade. Not enough structure."
His lips twitch, almost a smile.
"Mine would've loved it. She was always into this crafty shit. Had a whole room full of art supplies back when..." He trails off, shakes his head. "Anyway. How's yours coming?"
The abrupt subject change is obvious, but you let it slide.
"Almost done. Just need the clasp."
You hold up your creation for inspection. It's nothing fancy—just a simple leather cord with 'PHOENIX' spelled out in silver letter beads, filled with the fiery colored ones you picked.
But it looks kind of cool, in a childish, summer-camp sort of way.
Jungkook leans forward to look, his expression warming.
"Not bad, Nix. Very on-brand."
"Let me see yours."
He hesitates, then holds out his own bracelet. It's just like yours to match, with 'ROGUE' spelled out in metal letter beads. But he’s added a small sun charm that catches the light when he moves.
"Shit," you say, genuinely impressed. "Yours is way better than mine."
He shrugs, but you can tell he's pleased by the compliment.
“I have an eye for design. Part of my many talents."
"And so humble, too."
"Humility is overrated." He sets his bracelet down, reaching for the clasps Ash left for you. "Here, let me help you finish yours."
His fingers brush against yours as he takes your bracelet, the touch brief but somehow startling.
You watch as he attaches the clasp with surprising dexterity, tattooed fingers moving deftly, and it’s kind of attractive, really.
How good he is with his hands when he wants to be.
"There," he says, holding it out to you. "All set."
“Wait,” you announce, searching through the charms box.
You swear you had seen a rain charm earlier, and you had briefly snickered at it. But now that he’s wearing the sun charm it feels oddly… like yours needs to have the rain one, just to contrary him.
So you pick it up, add it to your bracelet.
And then you smile at him, show him.
He snorts.
You turn it in your hand. It feels solid, real. A physical manifestation of the nickname he gave you—the one that used to annoy you but now feels almost like a strange term of endearment.
Ash then approaches your table, a small fabric-lined box in her hands.
"All finished? Those look great!"
You both nod, holding up your creations for inspection.
"Phoenix and Rogue," she reads, smiling. "And they match! The fire colors work perfectly for both."
"Yeah," Jungkook says, and you're surprised by the hint of pride in his voice. "Kind of the point."
"Perfect timing, then," Ash says, setting the box on the table. "We're actually starting a new community art project. Would you be interested in contributing your bracelets?"
You frown, confused.
"Contributing how?"
"We're collecting handmade bracelets from customers to create a wall installation," she explains, gesturing toward a corner of the shop where several bracelets are already displayed on a corkboard. "It's part of our five-year anniversary celebration. Everyone who contributes gets a polaroid of their bracelet and a discount on their next visit."
"Oh." You look down at your bracelet, feeling an unexpected reluctance to part with it.
Which is stupid, because what were you going to do with it anyway?
Wear it?
That would be weird.
"You don't have to," Ash adds quickly, picking up on your hesitation. "It's totally optional."
"No, it's cool," Jungkook says, already placing his bracelet in the box. "I like the idea."
You glance at him, surprised again.
"You do?"
"Yeah. Creating something that stays here, becomes part of the place." He shrugs. "Better than it ending up in a drawer somewhere, right?"
There's something about the way he says it—like he's not just talking about the bracelet anymore—that makes you pause.
But then he's looking at you expectantly, waiting for your decision, and you place your bracelet in the box beside his, the matching colors side by side.
"For the record," you say as Ash takes a polaroid of your creations side by side, "I would've worn mine."
Jungkook's smile is slow and surprisingly gentle.
“Yeah?"
"Maybe not in public," you clarify quickly. "But yeah."
"Me too," he admits quietly, and it feels like he's sharing another secret—small but somehow significant. "Don't tell anyone, though. Ruins my image."
"What image? The one where you pretend to be cool but actually know an alarming amount about John Mayer's discography?"
"Exactly that one." He grins, the most genuine expression you've seen from him all day. "It's carefully curated."
Ash returns with your polaroid and receipt, both bracelets now part of the store's growing collection.
"Come back anytime to see them. They'll be here as long as we are."
"Thanks," Jungkook says, taking the polaroid and tucking it carefully into his wallet.
As you step back out onto the sidewalk, the city bathed in the deepening gold of late afternoon, you feel strangely light despite the lingering pain in your abdomen.
You reach for your phone to check the time, only to find your pocket empty.
"Shit," you mutter, patting your other pockets frantically. "My phone."
Jungkook stops mid-stretch.
"You lose it?"
"Must have left it in the shop." You're already turning back toward the door. "Wait here, I'll be quick."
"Want me to—"
"No, it's fine," you say, perhaps too quickly. "Just give me a second."
The bell chimes as you push back into the store, Ash looking up from behind the counter, eyebrows raised in question.
"Forgot my phone," you explain, gesturing vaguely toward the table where you were sitting.
"No problem. Take your time."
You move quickly to the table, eyes already scanning for your missing device.
Three minutes later, you're back outside, phone safely in hand. Jungkook's leaning against a lamppost, scrolling through something on his own phone.
"Got it?" he asks without looking up.
"Yeah."
You slip it into your pocket without checking the time.
"Ready?"
He pushes off the lamppost.
"Lead the way."
You start walking toward the subway entrance, mentally calculating the time. It must be around 7:20 now. Perfect timing to get to the restaurant by 8.
"Hungry?" you ask, as casually as you can manage.
Jungkook stretches again, arms reaching skyward in a motion that draws your eyes despite yourself.
"Starving. What did you have in mind?"
"I know a place," you say, already angling toward the stairs. "Trust me."
And the weird thing is, from the way he falls into step beside you without question, it seems like he actually does.
goal: 550 notes
next | index
⋆。°✩ taglist✩°。⋆
@cannotalwaysbenight @livingformintyoongi @itstoastsworld @jimineepaboya @somehowukook @stutixmaru @chloepiccoliniii @kimnamjoonmiddletoe @annyeongbitch7 @jkrailme @rpwprpwprpwprw @mar-lo-pap @jeontae @whothefuckisthishoe @mikrokookiex @minniejim @btstrology @vialattea00 @curse-of-art @cristy-101 @mellyyyyyyx @mimi1097
© jungkoode 2025 no reposts, translations, or adaptations
#jungkook x reader#jungkook x you#jungkook x y/n#jungkook x yn#jungkook fanfic#jungkook fic#jungkook fanfiction#bts fanfic#bts fic#bts fanfiction#jungkook smut#jeon jungkook x y/n#jeon jungkook x you#bts smut#bts x reader#bts x you#bts x y/n#bts x yn#fmu#fuck me up
215 notes
·
View notes
Note
Have you ever read “You would kill for this, just a little bit, you would” by alice9?
(https://archiveofourown.org/works/51306448) it’s an absolute favourite of mine and I wonder whether you know any fics similar to it?
Also recommended by @avabean24 ❤
It's been 84 years, and I didn't really get what recs you wanted, bc this wonderful fic has so many tropes. I focused on secret relationship, so here we go, I guess?
You would kill for this, just a little bit, you would by alice9
The Hales didn’t like him. He didn’t like them either. And for fifteen years he made it a point to have as little interaction with them as possible. It comes as a shock then, when Derek Hale turns up at his door one night, screaming baby in his arms, asking for help.
Operation Girl Scout Cookies by katsu_kiri
After a minute Derek looks back up, his lips puckering in thought, “so…we just…see each other in secret. Then in November after local elections we can see each other for real?” “We are seeing each other for real! It’s just us who know about it for the first few months,” Stiles corrects. “Okay.” Stiles holds his breath, eyes widening, “okay as in okay let’s secretly date?” “Yes,” Derek adds his tone a little less bitter as if he is just now warming up to the idea. “Awsome! Holy shit, dude we’re mates,” Stiles beams. Or the one where both Talia and John are running for mayor of Beacon Hills and their sons end up being mates. Enter a secret relationship, a dash of smut, and a way too involved Laura Hale.
Made Your Mark on Me (A Golden Tattoo) by writteninthewolfstar
Beacon Hills High and Lycan Heights High are well-known enemies. Derek Hale, Lycan Heights' star quarter-back, is well-known for being aggressive and arrogant. Imagine Stiles surprise when he discovers that Derek Hale is actually his soul-mate.
Pry Him From My Cold Dead Fingers by isthatbloodonhisshirt (wasterella)
"So they’re coming for our Emissary because they lost theirs?” Derek asked, somewhat angrily. “It would appear. The McCall-Hale Pack’s reputation precedes itself.” “Don’t worry,” Scott said, “we won’t let them touch you.” Deaton turned to him, offering a private smile before inclining his head slightly. “Very comforting, Scott, thank you. But,” he looked between them, “I’m not the Emissary they’re coming after.” Derek frowned and shared a look with Scott, who looked as confused as he did. “What do you mean?” Scott asked. “What other Emissary is there?”
Operation Get Derek Laid by Kikileduc
There's pining, misunderstandings, confusion, a little jealousy… Stiles and Derek have a nice thing, no one knows, yet. The issue is, the pack wants their alpha to get lucky at the werewolf seminar, and well Stiles thinks Derek wants that too…
Mismatched Match by LadyDrace
Getting to date hot senior jock Derek Hale should be cause for shouting from the rooftops, frankly, but life is a little more complicated than that. Until it isn't.
You Look Like Bad News (i gotta have you) by standinginanicedress
Option A : violently tell Derek that they are under no circumstances ever to hook up again because it was stupid and dumb. Option B : tell Scott the truth, stand back and watch as Scott kills Derek with his bare hands so Stiles doesn't even have to face the music. Not an option at all, actually. Expunge this from the record. The real Option B : calmly explain to Derek that the situation is too fucked up and hey, maybe if Derek and Scott ever shake hands and make up, he and Stiles can hook up again because, man…it was great. Option C : forget everything, charge headfirst into danger like fuckin' Bravehart and have sex with Derek all over again. Option D : bury himself alive and wait for the worms to eat him.
Until Sunrise
"You told me I would have time,” Derek said, simmering with anger. “You promised to leave the choice to me.” “The court is starting to talk,” said Peter. “We do not have a stellar reputation as it is, and your ventures into the world of simple pleasures do not go unnoticed. You do not care, of course. But you are, pardon me, too loud for it to remain discreet.” “You think if I were to have a wife, I would stop fucking?” Peter cringed his nose. “No. It would make you a proper, civilized man. You are getting too old, nephew.” “Fine. But I’ll choose.” “No,” Peter smiled. “I shall choose.” Derek opened his mouth to argue, but Peter did not let him. “We both know you will continue to fuck whomever you want. None of us will be able to stop you. Let me have a pick of a proper spouse to placate the court. That’s all I ask.”
Other fic recs: angsty fics + pt2 + pt3 | possessive Derek | historical AU | baby/mpreg | outsider POV | smut | mafia | hurt/comfort | magical!Stiles | Stiles gets kicked out of the pack | BAMF!Stiles + pt2 | omegaverse | witch!Stiles | creature!Stiles + pt2 | oblivious Stiles | oblivious sterek | bad friend Scott | pack mom!Stiles | unrequited love | werewolf!Stiles | dark sterek | single parent!Stiles | feral Derek | feral Stiles | arranged marriage | Stiles is underestimated | mpreg w/o abo | accidental knotting | jock!Derek | jock!Stiles | alive Hales | spanking | royal abo au | longfic | void!Stiles | sheriff dissaproves | Stiles doesn't know about werewolves | soft fics | hales love stiles | somnophiIia |
#sterek#sterek fic#stiles x derek#sterek fanfic#stiles stilinski#derek hale#hedwig221b replies#sterek fanfiction#sterek fic rec#sterek au#sterek ao3#teen wolf fic#teen wolf fanfic#teen wolf fanfiction#teen wolf fic rec#teen wolf sterek#teen wolf stiles#teen wolf derek#teen wolf au
209 notes
·
View notes
Note
I have a request for you!! How about a Sae being fucked after he lost a match and frustrated he fights with the reader, one thing leads to another and he ends up crying while the reader penetrates him.
CAN YOU DO IT PLEASE, I WOULD APPRECIATE IT VERY MUCH, I DON'T SPEAK ENGLISH, I SPEAK SPANISH, BUT I LOVE WHAT YOU WRITE.
Thanks!
MASTERLIST is here.
#a.n. : hey, bitches. Don't ask where I've been, you can assume that life has been too good and I've been in heaven for the last... A couple months(?) and I have 89 requests. I'll do them, yeah. I'll try, really hard. I'll do a couple today. ,
!!Warnings: top!male!reader, bottom!Sae, Sae is slightly more dominant but there's no dom/sub, crying (obviously), by the way, it's mostly hurt/comfort, not sexual contact, but a little later in the beginning and at the very end it's still there (I was drawn to something more tragic, and I also just can't imagine Sae crying during sex, so I did it emotionally), pretty wholesome overall!!
"You... regret giving that ball away, huh?" The question escapes your lips as Sae rewinds the footage of his match for the thirty-seventh time, probably trying to get something across to you, himself, or both of you.
"No regrets. I'm annoyed. If I knew that striker was that bad..." Sae sighs, running a hand through his hair, and then turns his gaze to you.
And his eyes are surprisingly thoughtful as he pokes your chest lightly and then just pushes you, causing your figure to fall onto the couch, and he is hovering over you, stroking the curve of your chin.
"You're going to fuck me... Now," Sae says it a little hesitantly, not wanting to force you to do anything, especially just out of spite, but his eyes immediately widen when you switch him and you, instead pressing him to the couch.
And here we are...
"You're always so tight after matches, you know?" a rhetorical question escapes your lips and you feel Sae's palm on your ass squeeze.
"All my muscles are tense... It's normal," Sae mutters, looking down, watching how your cock disappears and reappears inside him.
And this time, for some reason, it really fascinates him. The older Itoshi exhales sharply, looking up at your face, which immediately becomes slightly worried when you see his clouded gaze... Which shouldn't have appeared in the first round.
"Is it okay? We can stop or..." you stop your movements, but squeak when you feel his heel kicking your thigh, and you resume the pace, and he just shakes his head and whispers: "It's okay, really. Don't be an idiot, you haven't fucked me properly yet."
Sae's voice twitched slightly at the end, when the head of your dick rested exactly where it should. And his hands instinctively grabbed your shoulders, pressing your body into his own and his breath caught when he felt your warm, rapid breath on the skin of his neck.
That fucking moment with the ball continues to spin in his head. That cocky smile of that brunette when he said he would score. His own perfect, beautiful pass... And that one-celled bastard sends the ball fifteen meters beyond the net.
Why does he really care so much? He shouldn't care, it's not his fault he trusted that idiot. He would have stuck with Sae anyway, but there was still a feeling of anxiety in his heart back then, a feeling of fucking insecurity that he least wanted to feel now. Right now, he should feel amazing when you penetrate him, hug you, kiss you, listen to your stupid compliments and let you know how good he feels.
But he couldn't.
He thought it would make him get rid of everything. Of course it feels good. Who wouldn't feel good when their man holds them so carefully and does all this to their body? But this... It's just not like usual.
Sae feels an unpleasant lump in his throat, which he can't swallow, and a traitorous sob escapes his lips. His shoulders are shaking. The legs wrapped around your hips fall. And his cold hands immediately cover his face.
You stop immediately, not expecting him to cry. Well, not during sex, obviously. Does it hurt? Or maybe he doesn't like it? Are you overdoing it? You...
"Get out of me."
Four quiet words break you out of your thoughts and you immediately pull out your dick and Sae removes one hand from his face, which was already tear-stained, his eyes and nose turned bright red and he looked into your eyes.
"What happened? Did I do something wrong, Sae?" you ask hesitantly, and he just shakes his head and kisses the corner of your lips so that you don't worry too much, and then buries his face in your chest, just shaking and soaking your T-shirt with tears.
"I don't know why I'm crying," the Japanese mumbles, clinging to you like a cat clinging to a radiator in winter. He seeks comfort in you, such a rare, but such a necessary consolation for the shaky balance in his soul.
You just hug him and kiss the top of his head, burying his face in the midfielder's disheveled hair, starting to rock him in your arms and humming some melody. Even if it was stupid or you couldn't sing and it sounded out of tune. Just to let Sae know he wasn't alone, to affect almost all of his senses.
"... Do you want me to beat him up?" You ask as the shaking in his shoulders subsides slightly, though the crying continues judging by the liquid seeping through the fabric onto your chest.
"Seriously? If I tell you to kill him, you will?" He asks, wiping his face, exhaling shakily, trying to catch his breath and then looking up at you.
"Only if you visit me in prison."
Sae snorts at this, but says nothing, because words are unnecessary here. Completely unnecessary, his hands fall on your shoulders and he climbs into your lap, looking into your eyes, and then kisses the tip of your nose.
"I will."
You blush slightly at this, which makes Sae smile a little, almost imperceptibly. Just a slight upturn of the corners of her lips, and then it turns into something more sly.
"I owe you, don't I?"
He asks and you twitch as he takes your now semi-hard cock and lifts his hips, rubbing the rim of it right against the head.
"What? Sae— Fuck!" You breathe out, grabbing his hips as he sits down on your cock in one easy motion... Well, at least you comforted the man you love, right?
"Relax. It's your turn to cry, love," Sae mumbles, leaning down to your neck, kissing the crook of your shoulder and neck, starting to move his hips in a figure eight, and your cock immediately begins to harden again, causing Sae to only moan in pleasure.
#top male reader#a!writes.#seme male reader#dom male reader#sub character#blue lock x male reader#blue lock smut#bllk x male reader#sub bllk#sub blue lock#blue lock x reader#bllk x reader#sae itoshi smut#sub sae#sae x reader#sae smut#sae itoshi x reader#sae x male reader#sae itoshi x male reader
173 notes
·
View notes
Text
Something About You (05) | JJK
Pairing: Jungkook x (f.) Reader
Genre/Tags: friends au, vacation au, slow burn, romcom-ish vibe; adulting; inspired by AYS; PE teacher!JK and researcher!OC; fluff, comfort, smut (?)
Chapter Warnings: foul/explicit language; alcohol consumption, minor injuries (18+)
Word count: 22.1k
Series Masterlist
Status: Ongoing
Series Summary: You and Jungkook have been friends for a decade. And while he’s the charming and dependable, often reserved boy-next-door, he’s also just been a friend - a constant in your life, a part of a whole, and someone who’s seen all the flawed and probably unattractive sides of you.
A resumption of your friend group’s out-of-town trips has caused you to spend more time with him. And somewhere in between the morning coffee in the forest, running around in the snow, and watching the sunset on a boat, he’s become something more. And you’re not quite sure how to deal with it.
🎶: Beautiful Soul by Jesse McCartney || Yes or No by Jungkook
A/N: This is a long one! If you're reading this, I hope you feel the flutter of butterflies and that warmth I felt while writing. ☺️ And definitely listen to Beautiful Soul and Yes or No!
“Are you sure you don’t want me to drive?”
You turn to Jungkook with a questioning look, waiting to see if he’ll change his mind. He’s been the one driving whenever you have a trip and you offered to be the one to drive both of you to the airport this time but he refused. While you know he enjoys this, you thought it might be nice to let him rest even a little bit.
“You’ve had a long day.”
“So have you,” he answers. “And you know I don’t mind. You can just sleep during the drive and then again during the flight.”
You pout again because of his refusal to accept your offer but you let him and no longer argue. Perhaps it’s what he needs after the day he’s had.
It’s a Thursday and there’s a long weekend ahead, which is why this trip to Jeju was scheduled at this time. Taehyung leaves for New York in three weeks and Seokjin and Hayoung are getting married in two months. This is the perfect time to get the group together again before the three of them go through major life changes, and none of you would miss it for the world.
You had a Board presentation that you couldn’t miss in the afternoon and Jungkook had classes until 3 PM, which then extended because of a parent meeting he had to attend. It’s why both of you had to book the later flight while everyone else flew in at noon. They sent a photo of all of them gathered by the pool at the rented house, and you couldn’t wait to finally clock out and switch off so you could relax and enjoy, too, even for just a few days.
Jungkook instructs you to buckle your seatbelt then heads off, undoubtedly tired but still alert and cautious while driving. You look at him and try to see if something’s different, if this really is the same man you’ve known for years. You look away at the reminder that yes, he is, and he’s not the one that’s changed. It’s probably you.
“Everything okay?” He asks as he glances at your direction.
“Yup,” you answer too quickly. “Just… you know, tired and excited.”
“Take a nap then,” he suggests. “Time will fly by and we’ll be at the airport and then in Jeju before you know it.”
“I’m fine. I can, uh, keep you company or something,” you shrug. “You kinda don’t have a choice.”
“I don’t mind it,” he says, the little dip on his cheek forming as he smiles.
Has he always looked this charming?
You shake your head as if to snap out of it.
It’ll take an hour to get to Incheon. You feel like you’d miss out if you slept and you internally scold yourself because a month ago, you totally would’ve dozed off right away.
Well, not this time. But even if it’s your own choice to stay up, you suppose that the universe was still playing with you because of all the times to be stuck with Jungkook, it just had to be now when your heart has been acting a little too weird.
It started right after the college reunion party almost two weeks ago. You had him sleep over at your place after some asshole busted his lip, and that’s when the thoughts of possible feelings started invading your mind. You blame Jimin, really, and you’d contemplated on keeping your distance from Jungkook to sort yourself out but that’s impossible given this trip.
It didn’t help that you promised his students you’d watch their final taekwondo match - which they won - so you spent last Saturday with him, too.
Your heart still kept doing that thing, especially whenever you found your eyes locked on him even if he wasn’t even the one on the mat. You went out to dinner after that, and you couldn’t help but pay attention - to the way he cooked your samgyeopsal the way you wanted, to how he made sure you always had them on your plate, to how he held off the perilla leaf for you so you could peel it off.
Suddenly, everything he did made you smile, like how he kept scolding himself for eating so much and then cutely asking if you were okay to wait in line with him at this pop-up dessert store.
So many things also started to seem attractive to you, like the way he stood during the match with his hands in his pockets and the way he combed his hair with his fingers after he removed his baseball cap. Even the way he drummed his fingers on the steering wheel while he drove became quite hypnotizing, just like right now, and you’re unsure where all these thoughts are coming from. Or if they’ll stop.
“So, how was your meeting with the Board?” He asks, disrupting your visions of him.
“Long,” you chuckle sarcastically. “The world’s in shambles and we have to be strategic in deciding which research projects to move forward with since funding is scarce. And you, how was your meeting with the parents?”
“Productive,” he hums. “I stepped out then met with their son. We were playing catch then I bought him ice cream then he opened up. I think we’re getting somewhere.”
Jungkook had mentioned one of his students has been displaying aggressive behaviors and wouldn’t talk to anyone apart from him. He realized early on in his teaching career the weight of his responsibility as an educator, and that just because he taught PE, it doesn’t mean he was limited to just sports or physical health.
As it turned out, he’s very relatable to his students, and perhaps his laid-back and placid nature has a lot to do with that. It’s what prompted him to read more research and watch documentaries on adolescent mental health and how sports could help with managing it.
You’ve been directing him to the appropriate resources and even linked him up with a professional who could speak to the faculty regarding child development so it’s a topic you’ve been talking about more. He tells you about their email exchange until he says that neither of you will be talking about work this weekend.
So you tell him about the sci-fi horror film you watched with Mo-eum last night and how you were both screaming at the same time then just ended up laughing at each other. Jungkook says she’s more of a scaredy-cat than you are but you express fear much more openly and you agree.
“I heard we can set up an outdoor movie theater in the house,” he smirks at you. “We have a couple of options.”
“Jimin’s gonna push me away again if I scream in his ear,” you frown.
“I won’t,” he says nonchalantly, and you have to pretend to yawn so you don’t have to keep looking at him without saying anything back.
What’s that supposed to mean anyway? You try to recall if he’s also always been this bold and you’re just getting affected now, but it gives you a headache so you change the subject.
You end up talking about where you’re gonna be eating in Jeju and memories of your first trip there as a group a few years ago.
And so time flies. You’re parking at the airport carpark before you know it. You check in at the counter then enter the departure area. It’s when your stomach starts to grumble that you drag Jungkook around to find some snacks that you feel like having. You find a stall that sells various kinds of croquettes, kind of like the ones you had in Japan a few months ago.
You’re wiggling in excitement and so is he. Cheese was his favorite and though it’s not the same, you’re both happy that they at least look like it.
You buy some drinks and find a spot and begin trying each type you got. He bites one then feeds it to you; you bite one then feed it to him, too. It feels natural, as this is something both of you have definitely done before and you never minded. But now, you have to force your brain to stop overthinking things just so you don’t start acting weird because of it.
It’s when you’ve both decided your favorite flavors that your phone starts to ring. You pick up the video call and see your friends on the screen, showing you the barbecue and dinner set up in the property’s outdoor space. Mo-eum’s voice goes through, saying that there’s a feast waiting for you and Jungkook when you arrive. Seeing the table now, your eyes widen at the quality and quantity of meat and vegetables laid out.
“We’ve got ramen, lots of beer, so many snacks… Jungkook’s gonna go wild in here,” she adds.
“I’m already drooling,” he tells her.
Your older friends greet and tell you to get there quick as the phone gets passed around. Finally, it reaches Jimin and Taehyung, who both surface from the pool and proceed to ask you and Jungkook where you are and what you’ve been doing.
“Eating,” you answer with your mouth half-full. “I found this stall and they sell croquettes that remind me of the ones from the rest stop going to the ski resort. It’s so goo–”
“Yah,” Jungkook disrupts you with a nudge on your arm.
You turn to your side to face him. “What?”
He takes a piece of napkin and wipes the sticky sauce that you didn’t realize has dripped on your hoodie. Your eyes follow his hand that tries to remove the stain, and just as you’re about to sweetly thank him, he flicks your nose to tease, catching you completely off guard. You shriek in surprise and smack his chest, which is your natural response to something like that.
You glare at him but your facade breaks when he scrunches his nose in amusement.
“Dude, wipe your mouth,” he scolds. “Do I have to wipe the crumbs off you, too?”
“What?” you ask, brushing them off with your fingers.
You take his phone and open the camera to assess your face. Once you’ve cleaned yourself, you snap a photo and return the device on the table.
“Did you just take a picture?” He groans.
“Yup,” you flutter your eyelashes.
Jungkook sees that it’s a silly face and decides to send it to your group chat of five to tease, though he doesn’t deny the giddiness he feels at the act.
It’s something you’d totally do. He’s seen random photos of you in Jimin’s and Taehyung’s photo album and you always say that maybe one of their cute friends sees it and asks for your number or something, but you say none of that to him this time.
“Wow, the one time Kook sends a text, it’s a picture of ___,” Taehyung laughs, earning him a glare from the said man.
But you don’t seem bothered. Jungkook’s unsure if you even heard it over Jimin’s giggling and the laughter in the background, but it’s enough for him to text his friend to shut up, earning him a chuckle this time.
You talk a bit with Hayoung and she reminds you of the instructions upon your arrival. It’s not long after when you drop the call and start heading towards the gate.
You don’t wait too long but during that period, you start feeling the exhaustion from the day. You know you’re gonna need to sleep during the flight so you could have enough energy to keep up with your friends for the rest of the evening. You’re definitely gonna make sure to make the most out of this trip to celebrate your cousin and soon-to-be cousin-in-law and of course, to savor your time with Taehyung before he leaves again.
You’ll do your best to not overthink this whole Jungkook thing for now and decide to just be natural about everything. You don’t want him thinking that something’s wrong if you start acting differently because you know yourself - if he asks, you’ll most likely say something and you’re unsure if you’re ready for what will happen after.
The call for boarding is announced and you follow Jungkook’s lead to the plane. He sits on the window seat like last time, and you’re reminded of the Japan trip again and how he made sure you got to sleep properly during the flight.
It’s a smaller aircraft this time and a shorter flight time so you won’t need to lie on his lap or anything. But the thought of being alone with him makes you a little nervous so you try to talk about something to make sure you balance out all the times that you’ll be lost in your thoughts of him.
“Those croquettes were good but the ones at that rest stop were still superior,” you sigh.
“Yeah. That was seriously one of the best things I’ve ever eaten,” he hums, reminiscing about that trip, which he tends to do a lot because of you.
“Do you ever just think about that trip, Kook?” You ask as you gaze out the window and watch the sky change colors. “Do you miss it and wish you were back?”
“I do,” he hums, downplaying it a little. If you only knew. “I miss the food, the snow, the long drives… There’re lots of great memories from that trip.”
“I miss those bits, too,” you smile. “You still have the whiskey I got you?”
“Yup, barely touched.”
“What! I thought you liked it!”
“Exactly,” he points out. “So I have to savor it. I can only get it from that town, and during the Christmas season, and the chances of me going there again are slim. Plus, you gave that to me and you’ve never given me anything. It’s like, a memento–”
“Of our friendship?” You say mindlessly.
You internally smack yourself because though you could sometimes be a dense person like your friends say - and only because you’re used to expressing your feelings and attraction first, as you like to argue - you’re not that dumb. You’re worried that you just drew a hard line by saying the F word but then again, why is that such a concern to you?
You realize he hasn’t replied and it’s been a few seconds already so you slowly turn to him. He meets your eyes and says that it is, then gives you a soft smile before he looks out the window.
Jungkook wouldn’t describe that exchange as him being friendzoned. As the optimist that he is, he’d like to think that your gift to him meant that much to you, too.
You’re the one who offered to get it for him and insisted it was a gift. After years of being friends, that was the first time you’d ever given him anything, and whatever it means, there was a change somehow. That’s a bottle that always brings a smile to his face whenever he opens his liquor cabinet and sees it. He’ll definitely keep it there for as long as he can.
You return your gaze out the window and glance at him. You’re glad that the gift means that much to him. You have the snow globes on the shelf by your desk and whenever you see them, you’re reminded of the snow-covered towns and the warmth from that whole week.
More recently, you think about the mornings where you watched Jungkook from the passenger seat as he navigated the icy roads. You think about your conversations and how he gave you a piggyback ride and then treated your sore muscles.
He has always been a good friend so you’re not wrong to describe that gift as a memento of your friendship. You know that what you share is something you deeply treasure, but you also wonder if it means the bond has strengthened then, or if somewhere along the way, it started to feel something more.
The plane takes off and Jungkook turns to you, looking every bit comfortable and comfy with his oversized hoodie and beanie. He gestures towards his shoulder, offering it to you.
“You sleep,” you say softly, knowing how tired he is, too.
“I will,” he yawns, sinking further down his seat and leaning on the window, his eyes slowly falling.
You nod, knowing that it’s the more natural thing to do. So you take your pillow to hug then lean on Jungkook’s shoulder, immediately finding a position that doesn’t strain your neck.
But your arms are a bit too awkward being in each other’s way and you see him adjust his. He slightly lifts it and you take the hint, wrapping your arms around his arm instead like an added pillow.
Now this feels natural, as you feel him settle himself more comfortably next to you and you do the same. You suppose that’s how it is with people you’ve known for years - you just adapt and accommodate each other. You manage the exhaustion and inconveniences and just figure out how to make things comfortable and fun.
You know it’s always been like this with Jungkook and you think back to these past months and how it’s been easier, more enjoyable, and something you keep searching for.
Maybe this is what it’s like to pay attention to your feelings. Because as you snuggle closer and he pulls you in, your hand brushes against his, and then the sudden urge to hold it fills you up inside.
You wake up from your hour-long nap feeling only a tiny bit better. You wish there was more time, but you’re also not sure if it’s because of the need for more sleep or something else.
Jungkook still looks tired, but he sits up and pats your head, then asks if you slept well. You nod as you take a deep breath and there’s a moment where you just look at each other, still in your own little world of comfort and peace.
He breaks it and curiously looks around, and you ask him what he’s looking for.
“Trying to see if there are angry passengers who might’ve been disturbed by the snoring from these seats,” he purses his lips.
It takes a few seconds for you to process what he means, and you smack his chest when you do.
“Hey, I didn’t say it was you. It could’ve been me,” he defends.
“Yeah, you do snore quite loudly,” you hum. “But apparently not much when you’re not comfortably in bed. Maybe I’m the same.”
“True. Well, no one’s giving us the death glare so I think we’re clear.”
You just laugh at him in response then get ready to deplane.
You get your bags from the carousel quite quickly and you immediately find your driver holding up a sign with your names. You get inside the car and once you start moving, you open your window to feel the wind blow on your face. It’s the last month of spring and it’s the kind of coolness that you think is perfect for this island life. It’s chilly but not too much. The sun is bearable and gives the right amount of warmth.
Jungkook glances at you as you enjoy the evening breeze. You’ve both just arrived but it’s felt like a dream since he’s been with you, especially when you cuddled with him on the plane. It felt bittersweet that he was exhausted. He at least didn’t completely lose his mind from the giddiness, but he also wished he could’ve savored it more.
Still, he’s not one to complain. He gave the opening but you’re the one who moved closer. He decides that maybe that’s how he’ll go about these four days.
You arrive at the house in less than half an hour and you could already hear all the noise that your friends are making. Hoseok is the one who opens the gate and excitedly greets you.
You enter the property and are in awe with how it’s set up. There are two houses perpendicular to each other. There’s a pool on the left side and in the center of it all is an area with trees and hammocks, a small fire pit, the barbecue grill, and picnic tables.
You try to take it all in in the midst of hugging all your friends and trying to tell them how your flight went.
“We just… slept,” you answer as most of them gather around you. “Neither of us snored. I think.”
“There were no complaints so I think we were fine,” Jungkook adds.
“So, how did you sleep?” Jimin whispers in your ear. “Was it your head on his lap, his head on your lap? Or did you just lean on his shoulder? Did he– ow, fuck!”
You glare at him as you let go of the tiny sliver of skin you just pinched.
“You’re a brat,” you groan.
“And you’re being sensitive,” he bites back.
“Yah! Can we not have fights during this farewell and pre-wedding party, please?” Taehyung calls you and Jimin out as he walks closer.
“She pinched me! And I literally just asked her a question,” Jimin complains.
“What was the question?” Taehyung seems curious now.
“How they slept.”
Taehyung looks at you with wide, even more curious eyes. “Ooh, was it like this?”
He takes out his phone and shows you a picture of Jungkook with a peace sign on an airplane and then there’s… you. Sleeping on his lap. This was during the flight to Sapporo when you were so tired and sleepy. You didn’t realize there was a photo of this moment.
“Where’d you get this?” You ask.
“In the shared photo album of the trip, duh,” he answers. “Mo-eum took it and saved it there.”
“Why is it saved on your photo album?”
“Because she sent it to me right after she took it. She thought it was cute,” Taehyung shrugs. “Don’t you remember seeing this?”
“I might’ve… But like, we had hundreds of pictures. I guess I just… swiped past it,” you say, furrowing your eyebrows as you try to remember if you’d seen it and what you felt that time.
“Yeah, because you weren’t really paying attention back then,” Jimin points out. “So, answer the question.”
“I… leaned on his shoulder,” you finally say. “Just like how I do with both of you!”
“Sure, it’s totally the same,” Jimin says while rolling his eyes, causing Taehyung to laugh.
“Jiminie,” you whine. “Hug me.”
“You’re such a baby,” he groans, but proceeds to hug you because he always does, and he knows it’s what you need right now. “You can also hug Kook, you know?”
“No, I’m shy.”
“When were you ever shy with affection?”
“Never, that’s why I’m hugging you instead.”
“Are you… crushing on him?” He gasps. “Like, for real?”
“Shut up. This is all your fault. You put ideas in my head.”
“Hey,” he says, pulling away to look at you. He cups your face with his hands, urging you to meet his eyes. “I asked a question that time because of the conversation we were having. I floated an idea and if it got you thinking, great. But don’t be carried away by what I said, okay? It’s about what you feel.”
“Yeah, and I’ve been paying attention, like you said,” you pout.
“And?”
“I snuggled close to him and it felt nice,” you say softly with your head bowed down, somehow shy about everything you’re revealing to your best friend.
“That’s good then,” Jimin smiles now as he tilts your chin to face him. “Maybe you’re still figuring things out or letting things progress over time or you’re making sure that it’s all genuine. And that’s fine. That’s… kinda what happens in non-whirlwind romances. Not that that’s bad but… you know what I mean.”
“I do,” you sigh. “But yeah. I don’t wanna act too differently because I don’t want him to ask me if anything’s wrong because I might blurt it all out.”
“Well, he’s gonna ask you either way with how you’re freaking out,” Jimin says, gesturing to the side when you look at him confused. “He was glancing at you looking worried. He might think something’s up.”
“Ugh. Why is he so attentive,” you whine.
“Well, someone has to be when it comes to you.”
You make a face and before you can say anything more, Yoongi disrupts the conversation and tells you to bring your things inside and dress up because your dinner is almost ready.
“Thank you, uncle,” you hum, hugging him tightly.
You hear him groaning in response because it’s Yoongi and he’ll always make that reaction before hugging you back.
“Go. The meat’s perfect when it’s just off the grill,” he says.
“Yes, uncle!” you yell before heading inside with your luggage.
But of course, Jungkook catches up to you and asks you if you’re okay.
“Yup. I just had to release my last remaining negative energy about this afternoon’s meeting to Jimin and now they’re all gone,” you lie. “I am going to just have fun these next few days and… go with the flow.”
“Sounds good,” Jungkook smiles. “So uh, they suggested getting our swimsuits on so we could go straight into the pool after. Otherwise we’d be too full to change.”
“Yeah, we should,” you hum. “Can I get in first?” You gesture towards the bathroom.
“Sure. I can dress up in the other bathroom. Want me to bring your bag up already?”
“Oh, okay. Let me just grab my stuff.”
You get your bathing suit and a cover up then get changed. You wash your face and tell yourself to just get it together and enjoy yourself while spending time with Jungkook and maybe that’ll make things clearer for you.
You open the door and shriek in surprise, as right outside the door is Jungkook, checking something in the cupboards… in nothing but his black swim shorts.
His taut arm is in view, and when he turns to face you with a questioning look, so are his toned chest and abs. You forget sometimes how built he is underneath all the oversized clothing and that this is literally the body you snuggled to earlier, just with clothes on.
And now that you have this little crush, everything about him is now magnified. Has he always been this… hot?
“I didn’t even scare you,” he says, breaking you out of your thoughts. “I was going to but I was worried you’ll fall back and hit your head on the floor.”
“Wow, thanks for looking after my wellbeing,” you say sarcastically.
“Of course. That’s very important,” he smiles and pats your head, which again is a normal thing he does. But when he’s half naked doing it, you suppose you don’t blame your heartbeat for racing the way it’s doing now.
You walk back outside together and you scurry towards the picnic table, forcing your spot between Hayoung and Seokjin. You decide right then that taking a break from looking at or being near Jungkook’s bare body is the better choice, at least during dinner.
But that doesn’t mean you don’t glance at the pool area where he is because you do, and he just happens to be playing with the water guns with Jimin and Taehyung. You hear his child-like laughter, which is a contrast to the way his body flexes in response to the water. It’s already giving you a whiplash.
The conversation you’re currently having is at least entertaining, so you’re able to focus on this and not on the suddenly-so-handsome half-naked man not far away.
Until, of course, Yoongi calls him over because dinner is ready, and Jungkook rushes towards where you are, quickly wipes himself dry, then takes the seat between Namjoon and Suhyeon that they offered. Right in front of you. Yoongi places a platter of grilled meat and vegetables on the table while Seokjin passes two bowls of rice.
Jungkook’s hair is quite damp and there are beads of water sliding down his very visible chest and you find yourself being hypnotized by how he looks that you don’t hear him calling your name.
“Hmm?” You finally shift your gaze to his face.
“I was calling you,” he says. “What are you even looking at?”
“You took all the meat with fat,” you frown, lying like it’s second nature.
You take some pieces from his plate and he laughs at your expression.
“What did you want?”
“I was gonna ask if you wanted beer,” he shrugs.
“Yes,” you smile. “And a bottle of soju, please.”
He nods and jogs towards the cooler then returns with exactly what you asked for. You get back to eating, feeling like you’re in heaven with how perfectly the meat is cooked. You sing your praises to Yoongi, who says his joy in life is making sure his friends are fed with good food all the time.
There’s a lot of laughter and singing to accompany your meal. Mo-eum takes you around the property when you finish, saying how much prettier it is when the sun’s out. When you feel like you’ve digested enough, you head to the pool where the rest of your friends are hanging out.
“Obligatory rock-paper-scissors match underwater!” Taehyung yells. “Loser drinks a cup of my brother’s terrible concoction. Seriously, it sucks so don’t lose.”
It takes a while before it registers that he’s talking to you and Jungkook as the latecomers. Everyone has played and five already had the drink, so both of you make your way to the pool.
You moan at the feel of the warm water and you’re glad you didn’t pass up on the night swim. With the soft music and your friends laughing about, it’s the kind of vibe that you’ve been needing, nevermind that you have to sit on the pool floor in front of Jungkook, play a game, then get smacked on the cheek every time you lose. One side is see-through, so your friends watch you from there.
You try your best to act naturally around him, so you bicker and whine like you normally do. It’s a best of seven and he’s up, 3 - 0, needing only one more win. But you score on the next game and in your excitement, you smack his face a little too hard.
You're surprised with how forceful you were, so you surface from the water and he follows after you. Your hand is still on his cheek and you’re apologizing immediately, palming the spot and asking if he’s okay. Your friends are laughing hard and you giggle while also looking apologetic.
“What did I do to you?” He wails, as he places his hand on top of yours. “I was hitting you so softly!”
“I know but I got excited!” You reason. “And your cheeks are so soft and so smackable.”
“Wow. Thanks,” he deadpans.
You laugh in response and say you’ll give up the point as punishment, making him the winner, but he insists that he can keep playing and you might even win.
You mask your giddiness over him pulling you back with his fingers with a look of competitiveness and resume the game. You score the next one but he gets a point after you, and you concede immediately. He’s always been good at this game anyway.
He follows you out of the pool and you get the cup that Taehyung hands you. You smell it and gag, but you take the penalty and take a sip. You gag even more and Jungkook asks you how it is.
“Terrible,” you wince, making him smell the cup until he’s drinking it himself.
“Oh, that’s torture,” he says. “I can drink it for you.”
“But I lost.”
“Doesn’t matter,” he shrugs.
“I drink half and you drink the rest,” you offer, and he nods in agreement.
He follows through, earning you boos from your friends who say that you didn’t fully honor the punishment, including Jimin who’s smirking at you while doing so.
You wave them off and say that you’re too tired to finish all that on your own and they let you off the hook.
“Okay, I’m eating something to get that taste off my mouth and my memory,” you groan as you walk down the stairs to go to the eating area.
You start looking around but then you hear Jungkook nearby, saying that there’s Samanco in the freezer. You follow him but stay outside because you’re dripping wet, whereas he seems to have wiped himself before coming down so he enters the house and grabs the red bean flavored fish ice cream.
“Here,” he says, tearing it open then handing it to you.
“What about you?”
“There’s only one left. They said there wasn’t enough at the store. I don’t need to eat.”
“Have a bite at least,” you offer.
“Fine,” he says, letting you feed him as you push the ice cream towards his mouth.
You watch him as he takes a bite, then you meet his eyes without meaning to do so. He briefly holds your gaze and for a moment, you get lost in it, suddenly feeling this odd mix of shyness and tension that you’ve never felt before. It’s mostly because you’re rarely shy about how you feel but more than that, you’ve never felt this around any of your friends before, and Jungkook is one of them. So this is very… new.
He moves the ice cream away and you come back to your senses. You take a few bites then offer him another one then he lets you eat the rest until it’s all finished. You don’t even realize you both have just been standing there in one corner until you hear Mo-eum yelling your names, so you quickly get back to the group and explain that you just had ice cream.
You return to the water and just soak yourself. You stay with Mo-eum and Jimin on one end, while Jungkook is with Namjoon and Taehyung as they headbang to the music on the other. The rest of your friends are either wading their feet or sitting on the lounge chairs but it’s all good fun.
Yoongi finally gets up to announce that it’s just past 12 AM and he’s gonna get some sleep, and you reminisce about that one trip you had where most of you were still swimming in the pool and it was 1 AM.
“Yeah because you drank so much and passed out at 8, then woke up at 11 PM demanding us to swim with you,” Jungkook reminds you. “Then you fell asleep on the floatie.”
Everyone laughs at the memory but you scowl at him and act angry in the midst of stories being shared about that time.
“Why are you so far from him?” Jimin whispers in your ear while gesturing towards Jungkook.
“She’s probably still getting over their alone time earlier,” Mo-eum teases, earning her a surprised look from you because she rarely calls you out.
“Seriously, both of you,” you groan as quietly as you can. “I… I’m trying to balance it out. I’m gonna lose my mind if I’m constantly exposed to that… body.”
“So what, he just needs to put clothes on then you’ll act normally?” Jimin cocks an eyebrow.
“He just needs to… I don’t know,” you sigh. “This is on me. I’m feeling and thinking things that are weird and new. I just have to get my shit together.”
“But you spent so much time together recently and it might make him wonder why you’re not calling for him or something,” Mo-eum reasons, which is something you’d also thought about.
“Yeah and if he asks, you’ll tell the truth but you might also say things prematurely,” Jimin adds.
“I actually considered to kind of distance myself from him,” you admit. “I wanted to know if I’ll miss him and stuff until I remembered we had this trip and I just had to suck it up.”
“Well, you might still miss him even while on this trip if you deliberately stay away. And then things might be even weirder,” Mo-eum says. “Don’t overthink, just feel.”
“And wouldn’t it say a lot if, without thinking too much, you actually look for him?” Jimin adds. “That’s probably a bigger tell.”
“Fine,” you sigh. “I’ll let my body do the figuring out, then.”
You disperse from your little huddle and submerge yourself in the water, as if symbolic of your decision to just let yourself be drowned in whatever you’re experiencing, in hopes that you come out of it more sure of what you really feel.
Eventually though, you all call it a night, and they let you and Jungkook go first in washing up, given the long day you’ve had.
You take the bathroom upstairs and quickly get cleaned. It’s after you’ve blow dried your hair and dressed up in pajamas that you feel the weight of today weigh you down, and you suddenly feel like you’ll pass out.
You lie in bed while Mo-eum takes a shower. Jimin is back and says that Jungkook helped clean one of the platters because it was heavy. You want to see him before you sleep just to say good night but exhaustion overtakes you, and your eyes shut before you know it.
Jungkook sighs - partly out of tiredness and partly out of regret - that he didn’t get back to your room early enough to make sure you were okay for the night. He still would’ve helped Suhyeon and Gyu-rim in cleaning up but still, he could’ve worked faster so he could return to you sooner.
He shouldn’t be wondering why it’s even a big deal for him, as he’s accepted that he wants to spend time with you as much as he can, especially during a trip like this where the vibe is exactly how he likes it. Even more, your good nights to each other have been quite sentimental to him.
He remembers that camping trip where he taught you a trick to fall asleep faster. Then in Sapporo, you talked and slept in the same room one night. He also can’t forget when you shared the same bed.
Outside of your trips, there’s the time you let him stay over, and many others after he’d dropped you off or you spent the whole day together only to separate in the evening. And so now being able to wish you good night this time makes him a little sad.
He’s back in the room that all five of you share - which is the entire second floor - and he finds you already asleep next to Mo-eum who’s on her phone. Jimin is on the other bed next to Taehyung who’s wincing in pain as he rotates his head.
“Kook, my neck hurts from headbanging earlier,” Taehyung pouts. “Can you give me a massage?”
Jungkook nods, as this is one of his roles in the group given his background, then proceeds to knead and stretch his friend’s sore areas. Taehyung moans and asks for an extension.
“Yah, do I look like a massage therapist to you?” Jungkook frowns.
“You could be. That was good,” Taehyung sleepily smiles. “Anyway, thanks. I’m gonna sleep now.”
Jungkook decides to take the floor mattress because he prefers its firmness, so Jimin stays in place and eventually falls asleep. The light from Mo-eum’s phone disappears and she mumbles her good night, leaving him as the only one still awake.
He’s exhausted but his mind won’t let him sleep just yet, even as he tries the tricks he’s taught you. He doesn’t force it and resorts to playing a mobile game under the covers instead. It’s about an hour later when he decides he’ll try falling asleep again and right when he pulls away the covers, he sees you sit up from the bed, rotating your neck and groaning.
He gives a thumbs up sign when you look his way to ask if you’re okay and you shake your head no. So he stands up, heads to you, then kneels down.
“You didn’t headbang with Tae, did you?” He chuckles.
With sleepy eyes and mussed hair, you shake your head again.
“I fell asleep in an odd position and strained my neck,” you mumble. “It hurts.”
He immediately tries to find the spot near the nape of your neck, asking where it hurts and you guide his hand until he finds it. He massages it thoroughly and he takes his time. He gauges from your reaction which areas he should focus on then instructs you to rotate your head in various directions. Your moans are low and even more pronounced given how quiet everything else is.
“Is that alright?” He asks.
“Yeah,” you respond with a smile. “I feel so much better now. And I don’t want to tire you.”
“You can let me know if it still hurts in the morning.”
“Okay, thank you.”
Without thinking much, Jungkook tucks a strand of hair behind your ear, his hand lingering as he fights the urge to do more.
“I thought I wasn’t gonna be able to say good night to you,” you whisper. “I fell asleep right away.”
“You did,” he chuckles. “I thought the same but then you woke up.”
“I get to say it then,” you smile once more. “Good night.”
Your face is just inches away from his that his heart beats extremely fast and he likes it, he likes the thrill and the calmness from the way you make him feel.
“Good night. I think I’ll be able to sleep now.”
He watches you lie back down and tuck yourself under the covers before he heads back to his mattress. A minute later, he falls asleep.
You wake up to the sound of steady breathing coming from the other bed, and you peek to see that Jimin and Taehyung are still in deep sleep. Mo-eum’s probably washed up, as the space next to you is empty, and you sit up to check how Jungkook is.
He’s sitting on the mattress, clearly having just woken up, but he turns to you to greet you good morning and ask if your neck is still hurting.
“Not as much, but it’s still a bit sore,” you mumble.
“Just do what I told you. It’ll feel better soon.”
You nod and start rotating it like he said. You check your phone. It’s 10 AM and you’ll have to leave in an hour for lunch, so you head to the sink that, oddly enough is located right outside the bathroom, and start washing your face.
You’re brushing your teeth by the time Jungkook starts walking towards you and you signal for him to give you another massage. He chuckles and stands behind you.
“You might choke,” he warns, and you wave him off and gesture for him to start.
Like you expected, he hits the spot immediately. You get so lost in how good it is that you don’t notice that you’re drooling until he tells you, so you signal that you’ll rinse. He pulls your hair in a ponytail so you could spit and once you’re done, you stand back up and let him continue.
You moan under your breath. You see him with his head turned and realize it might be a bit awkward, so you tell him that you’re all good. You turn around to face him, noting then just how close you are and when you meet his eyes, there’s that urge again to boop his nose and trace his face. You let your eyes wander to his lips for a millisecond before pinching his cheeks so hard that he winces in pain.
“You brat,” he growls, but it just causes you to laugh and run away from him.
He washes up while you change in the bathroom then you head downstairs to wait for everyone else. The sun is shining brightly but the breeze is a little cool. You think it’s perfect for what you’ll be doing today and you jiggle in anticipation once you’re complete.
Jungkook and Taehyung take a separate car with Jimin and Gyu-rim because they’ll be retrieving their rented motorcycle and Vespa before heading to the restaurant. You yell out your concern and tell them to be careful before heading to the car with Mo-eum where Seokjin and Hayoung are.
You arrive at the restaurant and eventually decide on getting some braised kimchi, hairtail fish, and a bunch of other dishes that get you excited. You’ve been looking forward to this after Jungkook said how good the food was since he’s the only one who’s eaten here before, and you truly can’t wait.
The rest of your friends arrive shortly after all the food has been served. Your attention shifts to Jungkook, who sits towards the end of the table while you’re in the middle, and your eyes briefly meet before you indulge yourself. Hayoung and Suhyeon alternately fill your plate as they often do, and moans of satisfaction quickly fill the restaurant.
The view of the ocean is as perfect as the meal and you’re truly thankful that you get to share all this with your friends. The seat next to you frees up, and you make Taehyung take it so you could hug him, as it slowly sinks in that he’s gonna be leaving in a few weeks.
“We’ll be back to video calls and you scolding me when I’m not getting rest and worrying when I’m not well because you can’t just show up at my apartment to make sure I’m taking care of myself,” you sigh.
“Nah, I won’t be too worried,” he smiles softly at you. “You’re in good hands.”
“Jimin and Mo-eum are worse than I am,” you point out.
“Kook isn’t.”
“Hmm,” is all you say, unsure if you want to openly talk about your feelings now, although you probably will before he leaves.
“You’ll be fine, ___. Just follow your heart,” he whispers.
“Have you been talking to Jimin?” You cock your eyebrow, suspicious now if they’ve been discussing things behind your back.
“I don’t know what you’re implying,” he says. “You know me, I say random shit. Take it how you want.”
You groan at him for being another person who’s making you think. But he just laughs at you and leaves you to your own thoughts when Mo-eum calls him to go to the balcony because she needs some air.
The others have also gone outside except for Yoongi and Gyu-rim and you’re honestly too full to even stand up. Just then, Jungkook takes the seat next to you and asks if you’re indeed too full to even move because you usually like looking at the views.
“I can’t breathe,” you frown at him.
“Yeah, you looked like you enjoyed yourself,” he laughs.
“So did you. You ordered like, three cups of rice,” you say. “We’re still going to a cafe after this.”
“So? Coffee and dessert are separate things.”
“True,” you hum. “How’s the motorcycle by the way?”
“It’s good. It’s a similar model to what I have in Busan.”
He rides occasionally. He doesn’t have an extra parking slot in his apartment so he left the one he has at his parents’ house, which he drives around whenever he’s home.
“So it’s safe and stuff?” You ask.
“Of course it is. Jimin even rode with me on the way back here.”
“Did he enjoy it?”
“Always. I’m a very safe rider,” he assures you. “Do you want to try?”
“I’m kinda scared. I’m not good with balancing and like, being steady,” you explain.
“But that’s my job. You literally just have to sit there and hold onto me and enjoy the wind and the scenery. Sounds good, right?” He tries to convince you.
It’s very tempting, you’d admit, especially since you’ve committed to just letting yourself feel everything and enjoying a ride with him is one other way to do that.
“I’ll think about it,” you shrug.
He tells you more about riding until Hayoung says you’ll leave in 10 minutes. So you attempt to stand up to at least get a better view of the ocean on this side. Jungkook is there, pulling you by the hand while laughing at you. Your fingers linger, and you quickly let go of him before he notices a hint of desire for his touch.
He goes with you outside and while earlier, both of you couldn’t stop talking, now, it’s just quiet. You suppose he’s basking in the sights and how peaceful everything is as well, and you just feel that calmness being next to him.
And it’s… new. Not the feeling, but the fact that you could feel giddy and content right after. So you savor it a little more.
You all eventually leave and head to your next destination. It’s a nice ride to the cafe, too, and you sit on the backseat with your window rolled down, looking at the ocean.
Jungkook pulls up next to you in his ride and this is a look that gets your heart racing, too. He’s got his black helmet on and with his exposed tattooed arm, he looks pretty cool.
Your chin settles on your arm that’s by the window and you watch him. He turns to you at the stoplight and pushes his shades up.
“Be careful,” you say from inside the car.
He gives a thumbs up then extends his arm for a fist bump, which you give. It also makes you laugh. The light turns green and you’re off again. Mo-eum and Jimin laugh at you from the front but you wave them off and no longer threaten them with physical injury.
You’re accepting it, you think. It’s like getting used to this feeling, letting it embrace you, the way you’re allowing yourself to embrace all of it.
You head to a quaint cafe near the mountains. It has a homey vibe, not just because it literally is an extension of the owner’s house, but also because of the warm interiors, the shelves of old books and manuscripts, unfinished paintings… and two cats, which Jimin plays with and almost cuddles.
You take up the entire space and it gives some of you a chance to speak to the owner, a former author whose wife is an artist. You mostly listen though, especially once he talks about how life in the country and this town was several decades ago. You opt for a cup of tea to help warm your still very full belly, but you do get a taste of Jungkook’s misugaru and pretty much almost everyone’s else’s drinks because that’s how you are.
Sitting next to Hayoung, you have a good view of Jungkook from the side, and you take notice of how he smiles at certain parts of the man’s tales and when he turns serious and contemplative when the man talks about his wife.
The stories prompt you to ask your cousin how she’s feeling as she counts the days to the wedding. She sighs as if she’s still in disbelief that it’s so close. Or perhaps that she found a man like Seokjin who truly makes her feel like it’s possible to feel content and happy in this life.
“I’m marrying a man who makes me laugh, ___. A man who laughs at my jokes even if they’re not funny,” she smiles. “And I know it may sound so simple but I don’t really know what else could be better than this feeling, you know? He makes me feel good about myself. He enjoys things with me. He shows me how to be a good and happy person. And I get to spend the rest of my life with him.”
You think of your definition of simple and it used to make sense to you. You meet someone, instantly become attracted to them, find things about them you like that mirror what they like about you, be overwhelmed by the unrelenting yet unexplainable feeling towards them, then decide you want to be with them.
Looking back, nothing about it was simple. Perhaps it was just all shallow. The intensity was surface level and never really got the chance to dig its roots.
With Hayoung, simplicity is in the consistency, you think. It’s in the everyday and every second together.
You spot Seokjin looking to where you are and upon realizing that she was admiring him from afar, he gives her a flying kiss, causing you to snort.
“He’s so ridiculous, it drives me crazy,” she laughs.
“You’re perfect for each other,” you smile as you hug her tightly.
“It took a while for us to realize that but I guess that was the whole point,” she hums. “We’re as committed and as happy because it wasn’t too early nor too late.”
“So it’s really the timing huh?” You ask, recalling the conversations about relationships during that camping trip.
“It is but it’s also a choice. You both decide you want to be the right person for each other,” she says. “Regardless of who confessed first, the other person could’ve chickened out but neither of us did. We knew enough about each other that we were willing to make that move.”
“Oh, to be mature like you,” you sigh. “I can’t relate.”
“You’re honest about your feelings, ___. Not everyone is that brave nor that true to themselves. That’s maturity in my book.”
You drive out and head to the port next. The rented yacht you enter is pure luxury, and this is one of the moments where you thank the universe that you ended up being friends with a rich pair of brothers, one of whom also happens to be your future cousin-in-law.
The size is perfect for all 12 of you - not huge but cozy enough to not feel too separated from each other. There are so many areas to hang out in - the front, the back, the top, and inside. You’d forgotten what they were called and was just in perpetual shocked mode when you were being toured around. There’s lots to do, too, and you have all the time to entertain yourselves, as you’ve got this boat until past sunset.
You all gather at the lounge area while waiting to get to the snorkeling spot. You play music, drink some mocktails, and dance around. Half an hour later, you’re told that you’ve arrived, so you all move to the other end of the yacht and jump in the water.
It’s the right temperature for this afternoon. It’s cold but not freezing, and the feel of the ocean is every bit refreshing as you remember.
Yoongi and Hoseok sit on the swim platform. You stay near the boat with Suhyeon and Gyu-rim - the most cautious of the bunch, while the rest dive and explore farther out. You watch them enjoy themselves, especially Jungkook, whose laughter you can pick out even from where you are.
He removes his mask and waves at you before disappearing under the water again, only for him to end up next to you.
You shriek in surprise when he does, and you smack his chest to call him out because you thought he was a shark or something.
“Seriously?” He laughs.
“You never know,” you shrug.
“Well I’ve gone deeper and there’s none of that. Only more fish and prettier corals. Wanna see?”
You hesitate. You’re only a little bit terrified of the water; having siblings who watched Jaws all the time did that. While you know it’s safe, there’s something about the open water that’s insanely overwhelming for you because there’s so much you don’t know and much more you’ll never know. There’s a whole world down there that’s too terrifying for your human mind to comprehend and it makes you feel so small and insignificant. It’s like that cosmic horror shit that Jungkook was telling you about this one time.
But you also know that the little bit of what humans do know is pretty amazing. And just like how you are with your horror films, you suppose the fear is part of the experience, too.
“Fine, I do wanna see,” you finally reply. “I’m just a little scared.”
“Alright then. We won’t swim too deep. I’ve got you,” he says, gesturing for you to get under.
You follow him and reflexively take his hand, allowing him to guide you towards the reef that you see isn’t far away. You know your basics in swimming so it’s not hard, but just the idea that there’s all this around and all over you is what gets to you.
But with Jungkook right in front, holding you tightly, and constantly looking back to check how you’re doing, you suppose it’s not bad at all. And when you finally see what he wanted to show you, you understand that that initial fear, the immediate relief from the safety he provides, and then the beauty of what’s waiting for you is all part of the experience.
When you’ve taken it all in, you begin swimming back to the surface and don’t let go of his hand. The light from the sun penetrates the ocean and it makes the scene before you even more captivating. You emerge from the water and breathe, then smile at him for keeping his word.
“How was that?” He asks.
“Pretty,” you say. “Thank you, Kook.”
“Glad that didn’t disappoint,” he says.
You waddle back to the yacht and you’re more independent this time. You meet with the rest of your friends and just float about, enjoying the sun and the feel of the water on you.
One by one, you all head back up. Some stay by the steps, the others have begun fishing, and a few have started washing up. You announce that you’ll go back to the lounge area to get your phone and Jungkook follows because he wants to dry his shirt.
He removes it and grabs a towel that he wipes himself with. You glance at him as he dries his hair with it then wraps it around his waist, disturbing you with what you’re supposed to do.
Of course, of all times that he has to be half naked again - and during the day - is when you’re both alone and you have nothing to distract you nor keep you from ogling him.
Because now that you care, you actually pay more attention and realize that his type of ripped is exactly your type.
You’ve generalized your guy friends and said they’re all handsome. You’ve said it mostly to Hoseok before he got a girlfriend and to Seokjin because, well, he makes everyone say so. You always told Taehyung that you found him cute, but perhaps the most honest you were was when Namjoon showed up in a green sweatshirt and glasses one time and you whispered “daddy,” not realizing the words didn’t actually remain in your head. The teasing started right after that.
You’ve often passed off Jungkook as having these charming, boy-next-door traits which wasn’t really your vibe. You were always too intense for that and the men you pursued tended to match your energy and so Jungkook, even physically, felt a bit tamed or reserved to you.
But now, you can see that you were really just a silly girl. His abs aren’t too pronounced when he doesn’t flex them but even you can tell there are eight of them there. They also hold up a pair of perfectly toned pecs. His entire torso is smooth, including his back that’s divided by that deep line that lets you know just how hard he works on it.
And his arms. They don’t seem much but he’s flexed them a few times since last night and you have to pretend you need water every time to mask that you’re actually really just thirsty for them. Maybe it’s the fact that one is covered in tattoos and the other isn’t. The contrast gives you a whiplash, even more when you realize that connected to the feet that you make fun of because of his toe socks are massive thighs that could—
“___?”
“Hmm?”
“Is there anything else you need?”
“My phone,” you stammer.
“You’re holding it,” Jungkook says, gesturing towards your hand that is indeed holding it.
“Right, I got it,” you reply, turning around because suddenly, it’s hard to breathe.
You were definitely ogling him last night but now, he’s half-naked with the sun out so you’re noticing everything, including his tiny waist and—
“I’m gonna go and watch them fi— ow, fuck!”
But of course, you hit your head on the side of the roof that has a sign that says “watch out” next to it. Not that you were paying attention anyway because you were, in fact, trying to get away from the man who’s been invading your thoughts in ways that are so unexpected for you.
You slowly fall on your butt and wince in pain. And who else would go to your rescue but him?
“___, it literally says there to watch out,” he chuckles as he crouches to face you. “You’re not even that tall.”
“Yah!” You smack his chest in reflex, only to feel the tingle from touching his bare skin. “It hurts.”
“Oh shit,” he says now, his face turning serious. “Is there a bump?”
You feel around the top of your head and discover something that definitely wasn’t there earlier. His hand hovers so you guide him to where you feel it.
“Yup, that’s a bump,” he sighs. “You’ve got to be careful.”
You only pout and whimper when he puts pressure on it.
He grabs a can of soda from the cooler and places it on your head. He instructs you to keep it there while he looks for a cold compress, which he does, a few minutes later after going to the cockpit and asking for it.
He sits next to you on the ledge while he holds it in place because you say your arm is getting sore. But he turns towards you now, so you also pay even more attention to his face.
His dark doe-eyes are filled with worry, and you realize they’re captivating like this just as much as when they’re painted with joy or admiration. His nose is even cuter this close, and you don’t know how to convince him that you’re sincere about your attachment to it, even more now. His eyelashes are so long and they flutter against his honeyed skin. And then his lips, they’re so pink and chapped that you just want to—
“___?” He calls your name again.
“Hmm?”
“Seriously, did being underwater and then hitting your head make you dizzy? Do you have a concussion that’s why you’re unresponsive?”
“I’m pretty sure it’s not a concussion,” you say. “I’m just—”
You fake yawn to make an excuse. Only for you to actually feel sleepy right after.
“I think I need a nap.”
“Okay,” he laughs. “Get dressed then you can lie on the sofa.”
You rid yourself of your wet clothes in the bathroom. From there, you hear Jungkook inform your friends that you hit your head and Jimin yells that you can’t lose your memory because you still owe him dinner.
You get back on the lounge to cuss him out then say you’re okay but that you have a bump and now you’re sleepy.
“I hit my head there earlier,” Taehyung says.
“Why didn’t you warn people about it!” You exclaim.
He shrugs but Jimin pipes in.
“He probably didn’t think that anyone would be dumber than him.”
“Yah!” You yell, threatening to flick his forehead.
He runs away and heads back to the other side. Most of them follow, as Seokjin and Yoongi compete with each other on who can catch more fish. Suhyeon and Hoseok stay near the railing, leaving you and Jungkook semi-alone in the lounge. He at least has a shirt on this time.
You’re both sitting on the couch and you give in, grabbing a small pillow and placing it on his lap for you to rest your head on. It’s too late by the time you realize that there’s so much space elsewhere but you chose this. You chose to be this close, so you just let it go. You’d made yourself look stupid earlier already, might as well own this.
But you do peek at him and see that he’s got his head leaned back, perhaps taking a nap, too. He feels you move and he turns to you, seemingly unbothered at your obvious lack of respect for his personal space.
“You okay?” He asks, placing the cold compress on your bump once more.
“Hmm,” you nod.
“Go sleep.”
You turn to your side and savor the sight before you as you slowly drift away, the blue sky with threads of the clouds strung around making you feel at peace. Jungkook pulls your hair back so you’re more comfortable, reminding you of last night and how his fingers brushed your face.
You smile to yourself. You’re definitely owning this feeling.
You wake up to light taps on your shoulder. Jungkook tells you that you’ll miss the sunset if you keep sleeping, so you sit up and look around. Your friends have returned to this side of the boat, with some of them sitting on the other couch while the others are by the railings, enjoying the last bits of light. You see a bowl of tteokbokki on the table in front of you, and your eyes widen, as you realize right then that you’re quite hungry.
“Can you–”
“Want me to heat it?” Jungkook finishes his question first.
“Yes please,” you shyly smile, remembering that he knows you don’t like eating your food cold.
“Sure,” he says, then grabs the plate and heads inside.
“Did you sleep well?” Jimin appears out of nowhere.
“Yeah,” you hum. “I feel better now.”
“Good,” he smiles.
He walks to the lounge area with Mo-eum and they sit next to you.
“You missed out on the fun parts! Tae caught some fish,” Mo-eum excitedly says. “I told him it was probably genetic.”
You laugh. “Did any of you catch anything?”
“Nope. But Gyu-rim did. You should’ve seen Yoongi’s face, he was so proud and he was blushing,” Jimin gushes. “Kook probably would’ve caught some if someone wasn’t sleeping on his lap,” he smirks at you. “He missed out on the fun thanks to you.”
“I–” you frown. “He told me to take a nap.”
“On his lap?” Mo-eum asks.
“No but like, it was there,” you sigh. “Okay, can I just say? I completely lost it earlier. I was staring. Like, I was literally ogling him. This isn’t normal.”
“___, chill. We’re all used to you already. You literally always hug Tae’s arms and say how they’re so big. And you always call him handsome. You also called me hot before,” Jimin reminds you.
“I totally would’ve dated you for your body alone,” you remark. “But I’m not the type to do that.”
“You dated Seungho because he was hot though,” Mo-eum points out.
“Shush, that was only 92% of the reason,” you correct her.
“Back to my point,” Jimin nudges you to look at him. “You called Joon daddy one time, remember? You ogle, ___. We know that.”
“Wow, you make me sound like a perv,” you scowl.
“None of us literally care.”
“Fine. But I was all of a sudden speechless with Kook. Like, I always knew he had a nice body but I just never really bothered to look look. And now I have and he’s so hot and I’m–”
“Sorry it took a while, the microwave was being weird,” Jungkook returns to the lounge. “Got you soda, too.”
He places your meal in front of you then heads farther out the deck with the other guys.
“Shit, do you think he heard me?” You panic.
“Doubt it. But if he did, so what? Not like you don’t compliment him about his looks,” Jimin shrugs.
“I tell him his nose is cute,” you deadpan. “That’s totally different from saying he’s hot.”
“It doesn’t matter,” Jimin shakes his head. “You just have to get used to it. This is an island trip, ___. He’s gonna be half-naked for two more days.”
“I need saving,” you sigh, prompting your two friends to laugh at your dramatic antics.
You eat your snack while they talk about what happened earlier. It’s a good distraction from your thoughts of Jungkook, even if they’re technically still there because it’s his back that you’re currently looking at. You laugh at yourself this time because you’re being silly.
Sure, it’s a bit unfamiliar to suddenly be physically attracted to him, but even more because you’re unable to express it, which is unlike how you normally are with your friends. You’re usually very open and playful about it with them but with Jungkook, you’re quite cautious. You’re worried you’ll say too much or that he’ll even feel the heat from your entire body as your natural reaction.
This is perhaps another indication of how you really feel. You’re more shy than usual, but as you look at him from where you’re seated, all you want is to bask in that shyness, too. It at least tells you that it’s not all shallow and superficial when it comes to him.
You stand from your seat and clean up. When you go back out, you see that all your friends are now on the deck, lounging on the chairs and the netted structure as the sun starts to set. Seokjin and Hayoung are being all couple-y. Yoongi and Gyu-rim are in their own world in the corner. Namjoon’s dancing to some song with his earpods on, and Jungkook and Jimin are going Titanic mode and laughing at each other.
You laugh, too, and it’s another feeling that’s new or perhaps, just more pronounced. You like seeing Jungkook be silly and enjoying himself. You like seeing him feel free. It’s something he experiences and all you can do is watch, and that makes you feel good.
Jungkook loses his breath from role playing and play-fighting with Jimin. It’s something they’ve always done as kids and they never really outgrew it. But his best friend surrenders after a while and Jungkook decides to have mercy on him.
Instinctively, he turns towards the lounge to look for you, and he finds you there, sitting on one of the chairs, smiling at him. He’d spent pretty much the entire afternoon with you - swimming, snorkeling, icing your head, and serving as your pillow yet again for your afternoon nap.
And he has nothing to complain about, especially because you held his hand while you were in the water, and you looked him in the eyes more times than he could count, and you snuggled close to him after he told you to sleep.
He gestures for you to come over and you do. You take your spot on the floor and he takes his next to you. You scoot closer and rest your head on his shoulder, just like always and he likes this. He likes how you seek him, knowingly or not, and that you find comfort in whatever he could give.
He’s unsure of what it means on your end but he doesn’t want to assume nor impose; he decides he’ll hope only a little. He’ll savor whatever this is as part of the experience. He’s hoping it’s something you’re doing, too.
Everyone is quiet during the sunset, as you all bask in the changing of the sky’s colors and how majestic it looks from where you are. You eat dinner on the boat and find that a hearty meal of pasta, pizza, and steak in the middle of the ocean is the perfect cap to what you think is a perfect day, even with the head bumping and the spacing out.
Hayoung and Seokjin say a few things, as it’s their pre-wedding trip, and you’re tearing up by the end of it. Taehyung gives a speech, too, and you all burst into laughter. It’s practice for the real deal during the wedding, he says, but you already know he’ll be crying then.
You head back to the house after and make sure to remind Jungkook to be careful during his ride. You notice that he tries to stay next to your car and gives you a smile when he sees you look at him, as if in assurance that he’s okay.
You spend the rest of the evening drinking indoors while playing games and singing karaoke. It’s later on in the night when you feel the pull of the cool breeze.
Some of your friends have tucked themselves in bed already. Jimin and Mo-eum are dancing and singing like they’re at a club. Namjoon’s passed out, and Taehyung and Hoseok look like they’re having a heart-to-heart near the hammock. Jungkook’s gone to take a shower so you head out to the pool, dip half of your legs in the water, then lie on the ground to look at the night sky.
The full moon is stunning and your only regret is that you’re a little tipsy so your glazed eyes can’t fully savor its beauty, but you try. Cozy in your hoodie and with your hands behind your head, you take a deep breath and take everything in. You don’t always get to have this time to be away and just live in the moment, but you know you’re lucky enough that you even have the opportunity to.
“___?”
You turn to the side and see Jungkook, drowning in his oversized hoodie, approaching you. You gesture to your side and he takes the spot next to you. He lies down and rests his head on his hands, too.
“Haven’t you taken a bath?” You ask.
“Yeah, and I can do it again,” he shrugs.
He takes in your sluggish state and asks if it was too loud for you inside.
“A little,” you say. “But I also needed time alone.”
At your words, Jungkook apologizes and tries to stand up, but you pull his arm and shake your head.
“And I already had it,” you say. “I don’t need you to leave.”
“Sorry, I should’ve asked.”
“You don’t need to though. You - anyone, really - are always welcome. More like, needed,” you smile. “I enjoy having you around, Kook. I don’t know if I’ve ever said that before.”
“You have, a few times. Mostly when you were drunk though. Like now,” he teases.
“I always mean it though, especially now,” you tell him, more seriously than he is.
“Well, I’ll always be,” he assures you. “You know I’m always there for you, right?”
“You are and you have been - driving me around, changing my lightbulb, shopping with me, cooking for me…” you say, somehow feeling this heaviness at the thought that maybe you haven’t done much for him the way he’s been doing things for you.
“I like doing them, the way I think you like helping me with my workplans or talking me through tough days at work or watching my students’ games to cheer for them and me,” he responds, somehow knowing that you needed to hear that, too. “And you know, making me laugh. A lot. You’re clumsy and a mess sometimes and it makes my day.”
“Why does it make your day?” You turn to him.
“Because you don’t care, and I mean that in an endearing way,” he clarifies. “You… just let yourself be who you are in front of us. That’s refreshing, you know? I think we all have our quirks and habits but we’ve spent so much time together as a group that it just feels like we’ve adjusted to each other.”
“That’s the great thing about friends, right? About people you’ve known for years? You don’t have anything to hide from them. Over time, they just learn all these things about you and just… live with it,” you say. “It just becomes a part of who they are, too, like how my being clumsy and clueless and spoiled and dramatic has just become an aspect of all of you being caring and dependable and understanding. It’s as if our qualities and parts of our personalities kind of just intertwine in that way.”
“That’s true. It’s like how romantic relationships end up being. Or should become. At least that’s what Seokjin and Hoseok tell me.”
You’re quiet for a while as you realize that yours never got to that point. It makes sense though, as they only lasted two years max but you never felt your personality intertwine with your exes in any way.
“Hmm, can’t relate,” you sigh. “Jimin and Mo-eum made me realize that there were parts of me that I didn’t really wanna show Jeong-su and Seungho.”
“Do you know why?”
“Could be dozens of reasons. Maybe it was them. Maybe it was me.”
“Maybe you just didn’t know them long enough,” Jungkook says, hoping that nothing he says is triggering for you. “I mean, it’s how it is with people and relationships. You learn about yourself the more you spend time with them and the more you do, the more of yourself you’re able to show or adjust or fit theirs.”
You hum in response, as you process what he says.
“I was kind of a selfish kid and only thought of myself and Jimin’s kindness taught me to be more thoughtful,” Jungkook continues. “I was still pretty shy when I got to college but I let out my playful side with Tae that I didn’t really know was there. And Mo-eum was so smart that I tried to keep up with her and I realized I was pretty smart, too.”
You laugh at this, as you think about how different your friends are with him and with you.
“Jimin and I always butt heads and he calls me out because he knows no one will and I need someone to,” you state. “Tae is very soft with me because he knows I’m hard on myself all the time. And Mo-eum… ever since we were kids, she just always asked me about life in general, like what career she should pursue or how she should manage all that trauma from work and still have enough of herself to give.”
“Such contrast,” Jungkook laughs. “I think it’s because you and I are so different, too, but that’s the point, right? They’re not different people. They just have sides to them that fit with others more but that’s still them. And I know comparing platonic and romantic relationships is a bit simplistic but it’s kinda the same. You spend enough time with someone and get to know them, and I mean genuinely get to know them, and you’ll figure out which ones fit.”
“It happens naturally, yeah?”
“It should. But it requires baring yourself to the other person.”
“And that requires vulnerability, too, doesn’t it?” You ask, turning to him now.
“It does. It requires honesty, too.”
You look into Jungkook’s eyes and see the moon reflecting from them with how round and dark and captivating they are. You’d think that given your topic of conversation, this is the perfect time to just confess about how differently you’re feeling about him.
But there’s still something that pulls you back, and you suppose it’s this need to be sure - not of whatever he feels for you but of what you feel for him, and what you feel about you.
You don’t want to dive into this when you’re unsure of yourself. You don’t want to doubt if you’re able to truly be vulnerable to him. You don’t want to get into anything with him when you don’t know if you like this version of you now, because you know that what he deserves is someone who likes herself enough to treat him the way he should be treated. His exes have been insecure people who took him for granted, and you don’t want a reminder of them in you.
“And that requires trust,” you add.
“It does,” he smiles, knowing that both of you are just pulling from all your experiences of failed relationships and uncertainty.
He hopes that maybe just like him, you’re trying to get to that point where you trust him and yourself enough before seeing if what you both have could be something more.
Both of you spend a few more minutes just staring at the sky before deciding to head back inside. You help your remaining friends clean up, wash themselves, and then lie in bed.
You take your place next to Mo-eum, on the side that gives you a view of Jungkook as he sleeps on the floor. You ask him if he’s comfortable and warm enough for this chilly night and he responds with a nod.
You like this side of you that seeks him, not just because you need to be taken care of, but also because you want to take care of him, too. You think that for now, that should be enough.
Jungkook flinches in his sleep, catching himself by surprise this time and prompting him to wake up. He slowly opens his eyes, already used to the light coming in with how thin the curtains are but he doesn’t mind much, not when the first thing he sees in the morning is you - cuddled with the pillow, looking peaceful as your brain rests for a while.
It was a little thing he did, moving the mattress just a tiny bit during the first night, because he saw that the curtain slit would be right across his face and the sun would be unbearable. It ended up giving him a much better morning view.
He grunts as he sits up and starts cracking his back and stretching his limbs. He sees that Taehyung and Jimin are half awake and he nods at them. Mo-eum is already up as the early-riser of the group and of course there’s you, still steadily breathing and softly snoring.
It’s a slow morning and there’s no rush to do anything. Jungkook likes this about your recent trips, which is also why you’re all able to stay up late to drink and talk and do whatever people your age are still able to do until the wee hours of the morning. Perhaps his body has adjusted as well; regardless of what time he sleeps, he doesn’t need the entire next day to recuperate.
Mo-eum gets back to the room and sits next to him.
“How was last night?” She asks with a playful smile.
“I had to carry your drunk ass to the bed, and then Jimin’s,” Jungkook shakes his head.
Maybe not a lot has changed.
“___ helped you though.”
“Yeah well, we were the only ones still in our right minds,” he laughs.
“I was still lucid when I saw you walk out to look for her,” she smirks.
“Hey, I was just making sure that she was still on the property,” he defends. “Who knows if she followed some rabbit out there and fell into a hole or something.”
“You’re getting ridiculous with your reasons,” Mo-eum rolls her eyes. “There’s nothing wrong with wanting to spend time with her, you know?”
“I’m not denying that.”
“Good. Because I think she’s been liking that. She’s always got a lot in her mind and you help ease her a bit. Like, Jimin matches her energy, Tae comforts her, I hype her up and you…” she smiles. “You seem to do that and more. Like, you become what she needs at that time.”
“I’ve always tried to be there for her and it’s the same with her,” Jungkook shrugs, not wanting to reveal too much to your best friend. “I guess at this point it’s just become easier. And nicer. I’m happy I get to be what she needs.”
“Hmm. I’m sure she is, too.”
Mo-eum’s smile is comforting. Whatever you’ve told her or haven’t, her words are enough to assure him that he’s doing right by you. He’ll just continue and savor the moments you have together, like last night by the pool where you looked him in the eyes again and he’d been tempted to just lay his feelings out to you.
But he hesitated, wanting to make sure that you’re ready for what he has to say. He’s certain about what he feels now but he doesn’t want to just spring it on you in the middle of celebrations and farewells. He’s just been basking in seeing you slowly settle into him, and perhaps that’s part of the whole experience, as you like to say.
Mo-eum ruffles his hair before going back to bed, hugging you like a baby and asking if you’re hungry because she already is. Jungkook watches as you slowly get to your senses, look around, slightly sit up, then sleepily wave at him. It’s a bit random but he waves back and laughs.
It’s not long after when the rest of you finally get up and start fixing up. You stand in front of the sink outside the bathroom to brush your teeth and just like the day before, he stands behind you as he sees you stretch your neck.
“Does it hurt again?” He asks.
“No, but a massage would be nice,” you mumble with bubbles in your mouth.
He playfully shakes his head but proceeds to press his thumbs against the nape of your neck.
“Such a princess,” he laughs.
You close your eyes at the pleasure, feeling like you could fall back to sleep with this. He eventually stops, which is perhaps good because you would’ve choked with how much you were quietly moaning, but then he lightly drags his fingers down your back. His touch pierces through your shirt and your body shivers. You don’t see his face in the mirror, but you quickly rinse your mouth to mask your smile over how it felt.
“I’ll wash up,” he says as he heads inside the bathroom.
You yell out your thanks and exhale deeply, but then Mo-eum skips next to you and wiggles her eyebrows.
“So domestic,” she teases.
“Shush,” you pout at her. “Dude’s a master at teasing, who would’ve thought.”
You get dressed, too, and it’s not long after when you’re all on your way to a restaurant for your lunch of the famed spicy braised chicken. You take the passenger seat of the car that Jimin’s driving and watch Jungkook ride his motorcycle again, who fortunately put on some sunblock after you reminded him before leaving.
With Mo-eum at the back, you all laugh as Jungkook and Taehyung dance to some music at the stoplight, busting out moves that make them look ridiculous and adorable at the same time.
You arrive at the restaurant and there’s a long table reserved for your group. You see your friends make eye signals to each other to get you and Jungkook to sit side by side, and you wanna smack them but also thank them for doing the work for you. Even if you have been making an effort to get close to him, you don’t want to be too obvious.
Which is also why you spend those moments right after you take your seat talking to Hoseok, who makes you laugh so hard that you almost fall off your chair.
But of course, Jungkook is there to make sure that doesn’t happen, as he manages to hold onto your arm before your ass hits the floor.
“Yah, are you Jimin?!” He scolds you.
“Excuse me, I’m offended,” you gasp dramatically.
“Brat. You wish you were me,” Jimin bites back.
“I wish I had your ass,” you hum.
It’s pretty amazing. You’d give him that.
“But your ass is already nice!” Mo-eum chirps. “It’s very spankable.”
Your older friends laugh, already used to the unfiltered conversations of the young ones, and none of you really care about it. You glare at your best friend, though, because Jungkook definitely did not laugh.
The conversation shifts to something else and the food finally arrives. The mild spiced dish is closer to Taehyung, so you ask Jungkook to give you a serving in your bowl. He hands it back to you filled to the brim, and he reminds you to let it cool first so the heat level isn’t too extreme for you.
You look at the dish in front of you. It looks so delicious you might actually cry. Except for the vegetables.
“I don’t like carrots,” you pout, transferring the two large chunks from your bowl to his.
“You need to eat carrots, ___,” he says sternly. “They’re good for your eyesight. It helps you see warning signs that tell you to watch out for things that might hurt you.”
You stare at the piece that he puts on your bowl.
“Yeah, a small chunk will definitely help my eyes,” you sarcastically say.
“Then a big one, then,” he counters, putting back the one you just gave him. And then another. “And one more for both eyes.”
You’re back to where you started and you scowl at him.
“You’re so annoying.”
He responds with a smirk. A smirk! One that looks teasing more than anything.
“You could always just feed her,” Jimin suggests.
You glare at him.
“What?!” He mouths, and it hits you that this might be more obvious because this type of teasing is normal, but you’re being so sensitive about it.
“I’m not a baby,” you frown.
And just as you’re about to take a spoonful, your hair flies to your mouth, causing the sauce to stick to the strands and then on your face.
You groan in frustration, prompting laughter from your friends, but you reflexively turn to Jungkook with a pout.
“Say that again?” he chuckles, as he wets the napkin and wipes the sauce off your hair.
You wipe your face, too, while he pulls your hair back so you could tie it. He looks at you with a mix of teasing and endearment, yet something about it makes your heart race.
All you can do is laugh at how ridiculous you look and he laughs along because he probably thinks so, too. He watches you take your first bite to make sure it lands then he resumes with his own dish and reminds you to eat your carrots.
You actually do cry, as even the mild spicy version of the chicken is still a little too hot for you, but you can’t stop eating. The fried rice and ramyeon are so intense yet heavenly, and nothing’s ever hurt so good and satisfied you like this.
Jungkook ends up wiping out the rest of the food. The only reason why you stayed in the restaurant as long as you did was so he could finish eating, and you have to remind him of what you’ll be doing after, prompting him to pass up on the dessert he was about to order. You take some time to walk around the area so you can digest though, and it’s not long after when you’re back on the road.
Jimin had suggested going to Active Park so you could all compete against each other on wall climbing, with the losers doing penalties tonight. As you agreed on, everyone joins, even the ones who aren’t really into things like this. That doesn’t include Jungkook though, as he excitedly skips to the receiving area like he didn’t just stuff himself with food an hour ago.
But he loves these things and this is his playground. He likes being active and on the move - a contrast to you - and experiencing the thrill. He also happens to be really good at it.
You all get briefed and get proper shoes on. He scurries inside and already chooses his first activity where he walks up high poles then free falls to the ground. Then he climbs three walls consecutively and goes mission impossible mode when he rapells down. The others start playing and you let them go first, as you secretly enjoy watching them freak out and squeal while falling.
You eventually decide to psych yourself up by climbing up the poles so you call for one of the staff to repeat the instructions. Just then, Jungkook appears next to you - you swear you saw him competing with Taehyung just a second ago - and asks if you’re ready.
“Yes, and I’m not scared of heights,” you remind him. “I’m just clumsy.”
“Please make sure you land properly. And don’t mistakenly unhook your cord.”
“I won’t,” you roll your eyes at him.
But you do call for him to look at you when you’re at the top and then ask for his praise when you get back on your feet safely.
He laughs at how excited you are and encourages you to try more. You tell him to just enjoy and do everything he wants and that you’ll be fine so he goes, competes with almost everyone, and wins it all. You follow your own pace and lose a few match-ups, but it’s loud and intense the whole time that you’re torn between trying things out for yourself and watching your friends do it.
Half of you get tired right away and choose to sit around to watch the more energetic ones as they keep going. You all cheer for Taehyung on the circular slide. You all encourage Suhyeon in the spiderman climb. And when Jimin hits his lip on the sandbag during the jump, you gather around him to ask if he’s okay.
“It’s just a cut,” he shrugs.
“Nope, you gotta ice it,” you say. “Mo-eum’s already getting one.”
“Listen to ___. She’s good at treating busted lips,” Jungkook hums.
“Of course you’d know,” Jimin smirks at him.
“We are not talking about that night,” you frown as you press the cloth-covered ice cube on your best friend’s wound.
“Why are you the one triggered when it’s Jungkook’s who got elbowed?” Yoongi asks you.
“Because she got so angry and even attempted to run after the guy who hurt Kook,” Mo-eum informs them. “You know ___ when she’s angry. It ain’t good.”
They rehash that night and you kind of block it out, not wanting to remember what those intense feelings were like. But then again, maybe that’s when this whole Jungkook thing started so maybe it isn’t all that bad.
Jungkook finally decides that he’s done and sits next to you on one of the chairs. You hand him a bottle of water and ask him if he's satisfied.
“Yup,” he heaves. “Hands are just a bit tired but they’re fine. And oh, my busted lip has healed.”
You snicker and look away.
“I don’t know if I ever properly thanked you for that night, ___,” he says. “So, uh, thank you. I don’t think I’ll ever forget all the times that you stood up for me.”
“Technically, it was just one time. It would’ve been more if people weren’t stopping me,” you laugh.
“Well, there’s a reason for that, you know?” He nudges your knee. “You can actually get in trouble or get hurt. I… I don't really know how I’d be able to handle that. So don’t get yourself hurt, okay?”
“Is that why you were tailing me this whole time? You were scared I’d hurt myself?” You cock an eyebrow.
“___, you hurt yourself in your own house. Because of your couch. This place is filled with hazards.”
“Oh shush,” you laugh now. “Well, nothing happened to me. I think I’m improving.”
“No injuries today so you might just be,” he winks.
“You’d still look out for me, though?” you turn to him.
“Always,” he smiles.
You head outdoors after a bit of rest to go-kart. Just when you thought that most of you have drained all your energy from wall climbing, it turns out that driving can actually restore it, as all of you quickly choose your karts and start riding around the track. With the breeze pushing you and the fluffy clouds against the blue sky as your background, it’s actually very relaxing.
You go only a few laps. Hoseok, Seokjin, Jimin, and Taehyung race five rounds because someone is always complaining or cheating. Jungkook skids like he’s on Fast and the Furious, and Suhyeon and Hayoung are just happily going about in their lanes.
There’s that feeling of calmness when you all take your seats on the benches in the adjacent playground with your iced drinks in hand. You laugh at Namjoon constantly being stuck in the track because he was confused over which foot had to press what, and then Yoongi bumping him because he couldn’t stop earlier. You’re laughing about last night, too, and just everything that’s been happening on this trip.
As always, Jimin and Taehyung play with the horse rockers, then Jungkook joins them when they spin in the merry-go-round. Mo-eum goes with you when you scurry to the big slide. You run up the steps, squealing as you do, and then trip on one of them.
Mo-eum goes to your rescue and tries to hold in her laugh. But the thump and her constant chuckling gets your friends’ attention and as you look up, you see Jungkook incredulously looking at you.
“So… about me not having injuries today, I think you jinxed it,” you smile sweetly at him.
In Jungkook fashion, he laughs, helps you up, then puts a band-aid over the scraped skin on your shin.
He might not always be next to you, but he’ll be there whenever you need him. You think that perfectly describes these last few months of getting closer to him. You hope it’ll be like that from here on out.
Watching the sky turn dark from the property’s outdoor area is quite magical, as you’re learning now. You’d just woken up from a long nap after arriving home and you’re now on the hammock, with your hands behind your head, taking in how stunning the view is. You’re next to Mo-eum who’s doing the same, and the others have taken their spots in different areas, too.
Not long after, you put on a dress and head to a restaurant for an omakase dinner. It’s another one of those spoils from Seokjin and Hayoung and you pretty much thank them after praising the chef with every dish.
The ingredients are so fresh and they’ve been prepared so delicately. Taehyung dramatically walks around in awe and Jungkook jumps on his seat all night with how much he’s enjoying the food. It’s hard not to laugh when watching everyone react, and that includes you. You’re just as expressive as everyone is, including Yoongi and Gyu-rim who often just say the simplest things when describing their appreciation for food.
Hoseok buys a fancy bottle of sake to take home where you all finish it, alongside the other drinks you bought on the way back.
It’s a beautiful evening but you suppose that everyone’s just spent from everything you’d done today, as you all just take a seat around the fire pit and talk. The penalties will have to be be done tomorrow, you all agree.
You fall asleep on Hayoung’s shoulder in the midst of the tired laughter and end up lying on her lap. Your lower body spills over to Jimin’s lap as well, and he just chuckles and says that the princess is tired.
“Want me to help you get ready for bed?” Your cousin whispers in your ear.
You’re still a bit aware of your surroundings and could hear what she says, and you tell her it’s fine and that they should all stay while you take a nap. But you don’t know how long you’re asleep for until you feel yourself being pulled up.
“Let’s go, I’ll help you wash up,” Mo-eum says to you.
You let her guide you up until you’re lying in bed in your pajamas, ready to fall into deep sleep.
Jungkook sits on the edge of the bed right next to yours. Taehyung is on the floor mattress this time after lying on it to have a feel and then falling asleep right away, so Jungkook gets to have a different view of you this time.
He chuckles as he watches your breathing deepen and then steady. You must really be tired after all those activities and the amazing dinner and he wouldn’t be surprised as he’s exhausted, too.
But it felt nice spending the day like this, even if he wasn’t next to you all the time. He’d been too excited with the wall climbing but he always made sure to watch you whenever you did it. He was having so much fun during go-karting but he always looked for you on the track and smiled at you whenever he passed you by after you stopped driving.
Even during dinner, you were sandwiched between Hayoung and Namjoon so Jungkook just glanced at you to see how you found the food because he was losing his mind. And then after you all got home, he just softly watched you slowly fall asleep. You looked so cozy though, like he just wanted to hug you until he fell asleep, too, just like now, as you finally turn towards your side facing him.
You’re hugging a pillow and Jungkook laughs to himself at how much he wished that was him. It must feel nice, he thinks, to have you that close. Maybe you’d talk until someone knocks out mid-sentence like what happened in Sapporo. Maybe you’d laugh until you get tired. Maybe you could do more, just like the home he wants to cuddle in.
He shakes his head at the thoughts in his mind. He’s thinking too much and definitely too far ahead. He has that hope that you might feel the same way. After all, he’s seen you space out while looking at him, whether up close or from afar, and he knows that means your mind has travelled to so many places. He could only hope your thoughts were about him, perhaps about settling into your feelings, whatever those are.
But he’s quite a patient man when it comes to things he really, really wants. He’s holding out hope that somehow, you’re thinking and figuring things out yourself, and as long as you are, he’ll just admire you and enjoy what he gets to share with you as much as he can.
The morning comes longer than you expected, and that tells you that you probably had a really good sleep. You remember seeing the blaze from the fire pit and dozing off, then briefly washing up before crashing out again.
But the light is blaring through the blinds now and you let out a yawn. You stretch your arms and look around to find yourself alone in the room, and you check your phone to see what time it is and what everyone else is up to. It’s 9 AM and it seems that there’s takeaway breakfast downstairs.
Just then, you hear Mo-eum calling for you as she climbs up the stairs.
“Hey, you’re up!” She chirps. “You didn’t wake up even with the guys’ early alarm, huh?”
“Nope, I was passed out. But I slept so well,” you mumble. “Where’d they go?”
“To the other side of the island. Tae and Kook wanted to ride their bikes then decided to buy breakfast for everyone so they called Jimin to pick up the food,” she laughs. “Let’s go eat!”
You nod and wash up before heading downstairs with her. People have gathered at the kitchen while some are already outside, enjoying the sun and the cool morning breeze. There’s an array of breakfast wraps and sandwiches and sweet and savory pastries that it’s hard to choose. But you pick up a few and look around to try your friends’ choices, knowing they’ll let you.
You get a bite from Mo-eum and Hayoung then Jimin, then you see Jungkook going back inside to get another serving. He chooses the bacon bun and you think he sees your eyes light up, because he’s walking towards you and offering you a bite.
“Hmm, that’s good,” you smile satisfyingly.
“It is, right?” he smiles. “Is the wrap okay?”
“Yup. It’s very filling.”
“Nice. I thought you’d like that,” he hums. “Did you see the iced black sesame drink I got you?” He asks as he grabs a cup from the bag. “I told them to tell you it’s here. I thought you’d like it. But there’s hot coffee and uh, my barely touched iced americano if you want.”
“This sounds like my kind of drink,” you smile at him now, taking what he got you.
It’s delicious and you tell him so. You walk out towards the lounge chair by the pool where he follows and you ask him about where they went to earlier.
“There’s this stretch of the ocean where you can see some dolphins and Tae wanted to check them out,” Jungkook says. “So we took our bikes there around 7 and just drove around the town. He was chatting with the locals and they told us what other areas to check out. Then we got some breakfast and called Jimin.”
“Oh, that sounded fun! Where did they say to go?”
“The lesser known parks that also have the cherry blossoms in full bloom, this hill with wildflowers, a pier that has a nice view of the ocean,” he shares. “They said where we watched the dolphins is a good spot to watch the sunrise and we should go back but I said we leave tomorrow so probably the next trip.”
“We leave in the afternoon though,” you remind him. “That actually sounds nice.”
“Do you… want to ride and catch the sunrise in the morning?” he asks, testing the waters. “We could still take the car but the bike is just a different experience. It’ll be cold but they swore by it and said the fishermen love that area because of how pretty it is.”
“You’ll make sure I’ll be safe right?” You nervously ask, as the thought of riding a motorcycle with him is both a thrilling and terrifying thought for completely different reasons. “I mean, you know how dramatic I am with a stubbed toe. Imagine me injured, so I’m sure you’ll make sure that won’t happen.”
“Definitely not letting that happen,” he chuckles.
“Good! Wake me up, okay! And should, uh, should we invite the others?”
It’s a courtesy question, you think, even if you’re unsure you’re ready to be alone with him to do something that you think is quite intimate - not only in riding his bike with him but also watching something beautiful together.
“Yeah, sure,” Jungkook hums.
It won’t hurt, you convince yourself, even if you hope deep down that no one will take the offer.
[to: My Elders] Kook and I are riding his bike to this spot to watch the sunrise. Anyone want to join?
It’s barely 10 seconds in when Jimin replies.
[from: jiminie pabo] nope. and i speak for everyone.
You know what he’s doing so you quickly turn to where he is by the hammock and try to glare at him but he only smiles and gives a not-so-subtle thumbs up sign. You could only hope he didn’t say anything to anyone about what you feel and that this potential alone time with Jungkook is something that you’d want to have.
[to: My Elders] K then. Just tell us if you change your mind.
You turn to Jungkook. “They said they don’t want to. Well, Jimin did but he probably asked them. Are you still good?”
“Of course,” he smiles. “I’ll wake you up early then and we could get back here and still have time for a nap before we head out.”
“Sounds good,” you smile, hoping that the constant smiling isn’t giving you away too much, given that you’ve been doing that to him all trip. “Can’t wait.”
You talk a bit more about the sights he saw until your food and drinks have finished. You’re heading back to the kitchen for water when Taehyung suggests swimming in the pool before going for a ride around some areas of the island, just like what the locals had said.
Everyone agrees, except for Yoongi, and you all change into your swimsuits and take advantage of the nice weather.
You think at this point that you’re already immune to Jungkook’s bare body. You’ve seen it so many times before this trip and even just these past days, even if you technically zoned out in admiration this time.
As the universe would have it, you are actually not immune, especially when you head out to the pool and find him on his hands and knees, trying to balance himself on the watermelon floatie, with all his muscles working full-time to keep himself from falling into the water.
Your stupid mind conjures up images that you definitely should not be thinking about, and you turn away in time before he catches you staring at him again.
Mo-eum walks over to you and you both walk towards the pool to have a dip. But of course, Jimin and Taehyung cannonball into the water and start playing like the children that they are. They play with the water guns, too, and with Jungkook and their recruit, Hoseok, they run around the house and try to shoot each other as if they aren’t already wet.
The rest of you adults just chill around, content enough with the cool water and the fact that the sun doesn’t seem too much yet. It’s when the boys return that Seokjin reminds everyone of the penalties from yesterday’s game and suggests playing more games until there’s only one person left to receive the punishment. There's a handstand race, which Hoseok loses, and then there’s the chicken fight, which is a three-way match between you, Gyu-rim, and Suhyeon.
Jimin says that the men with the sturdiest shoulders should be the other half of the pairs, and with Suhyeon being paired with Namjoon and Gyu-rim calling dibs on Taehyung, that’s how you end up with Jungkook as your partner.
You try your best to not look affected even if you’re freaking out inside. You ask Jungkook instead if he’s ready to win and save your ass from drinking Seokjin’s terrible concoction.
He chuckles and says that he trained his whole life to always win at chicken fights and that he has amazing grip. While you should’ve taken that lightly, your mind goes somewhere again that you have to pinch your cheeks as a reminder to get away from that place and instead focus.
He asks if you’re ready then assists you in getting on his shoulders and he’s right, his grip on your thighs is pretty good and you just know he’s gonna be holding you steady all throughout. You practice some moves and he advises you on what to do.
“Will you hate me if I pull your hair,” you ask.
“Nope. I will if you fart, though.”
“I’ll try. Let’s hope I don’t get too excited,” you tease.
“Yah!” he exclaims, threatening to drop you in the water.
You hold onto his cheeks for support and you laugh and say he’s being dramatic.
When Seokjin calls for the start of the match, you and Jungkook get your game faces on. He told you earlier to be aggressive so that’s what you do, and he expertly maneuvers his body so you can have the right angle for a good hit. You pull his hair only a little, but he doesn’t mind, especially when Suhyeon falls first, and then Gyu-rim follows right after.
You celebrate your win with cheering and tender taps on Jungkook’s cheeks. He slowly drops you and you reflexively hug each other in joy. You feel the tingles at being so close to him, especially with your skin being in contact with his, and then your hands brushing against each other and lingering under the water.
You sit next to each other on the pool ledge as you watch the two other women play rock-paper-scissors, with Gyu-rim losing and facing Hoseok for a palm push match while standing on a floatie.
It ends up being so intense. Hoseok has crazy core strength and can balance well but Gyu-rim is playing aggressively. It’s especially funny when Yoongi gets so into the match and keeps yelling out instructions for her to follow, even going as far as taunting Hoseok, causing him to laugh and eventually lose.
Everyone explodes in laughter at the series of events. It has truly woken all of you up and you feel energized. You stay in the pool for a few more minutes before getting changed, ready for a drive around the island.
Mo-eum is on the wheel this time while you make yourself comfortable next to her. You all watch Jungkook and Taehyung enjoy themselves again on their bikes as they guide you and the other cars to a quieter part of town.
You find a stunning waterfall and then go to the hill with wildflowers, which also has a nice view of the mountains. You buy some rice cakes from a store then get some iced drinks from a cafe before heading to a park to look at all the springtime flowers in full bloom.
Much as you want to just stay next to Jungkook whenever you hang around a new place, you find yourself enjoying watching him just be. Whether he’s looking around and enjoying the view or being rowdy and playful with your friends, you’re captivated by what he does and how he is, which is totally new to you.
“Even you weren’t that endeared with your exes,” Mo-eum points out when you’re back in the car to head to a beach. “I mean, I guess I get it. They weren’t exactly charming people, no offense.”
You look at her in question, wondering what made her say it.
“You were looking at Kook with sparkly eyes,” she shrugs. “Just thought you should know in case you didn’t know.”
“I—” you stutter, clearly unaware.
“It’s fine, dude. It’s just us,” Jimin chuckles. “It’s how it is when you like someone, you know?”
“Was I not like this with my exes?” You ask them.
“Hmm, not really. You were ecstatic at the start, obviously,” Mo-eum says. “But I don’t recall you being this… soft. It might come with age, who knows? You’re probably exhausted from feeling so intensely all the time.”
You let her words settle as it turns quiet in the car, save for the blowing of the wind through the open windows. It must be tiring to experience such strong feelings all the time; you suppose that’s why you never really got to pay attention to them.
With Jungkook, you’ve been having these feelings for a few weeks now, and they’ve been ruminating, like you’re settling into them as you try to make sense of how this could happen. You suppose in your constant questioning or even disbelief, it’s allowed you to take things slow. With this trip and being around him as much as you are, you’re gradually getting used to feeling this way while not throwing yourself completely into it right away. You’re also getting used to you being like this.
You suppose that’s made you take notice of everything else about him. It’s also what’s making you look at him more softly, as if you’re getting to know him from afar.
Your thoughts are suspended for a while when you arrive at a quiet beach. It’s the perfect spot for a swim and you watch your friends put on their sunblocks and rush to the water. You’re surprised at how much energy all of you still have but it’s probably the most free you’ve all felt in a long time.
You sit on the beach towel that’s been set on the ground. You’re watching them play around while putting on your sunscreen when you hear Jungkook call your name before sitting down next to you.
“Hey,” you say. “Why aren’t you there with them yet?”
“Tae and Jimin made me put on their sunscreens then ran to the water,” he pouts. “Do I still have some on my face?”
You look at him when he turns to face you. You spread the bit that’s on his nose and chin then tell him he’s all good. He puts on his arms and you have to turn away and act unaffected when he spreads the lotion on his chest and torso. He turns to you again with his bunny-like smile and asks if you could put on his back.
“Sure,” you smile.
You do it as calmly as you can, forcing thoughts out of your mind because while this isn’t the first time you’ve done this, it’s the first time that you’re desiring him.
He asks if you’ll swim, too, and you instinctively nod so he offers to put some on your back. You nod again, not at all ready for his palms to press against your skin like this.
Of all times to wear a two-piece suit, it really had to be now and you think that you could’ve stuck to what you wore this morning. You remove your cover up dress and turn around, hoping that he won’t feel the shiver on your skin once he touches you.
But you feel it, not because the lotion is cold but because his hand is rough and gentle at the same time. He’s quiet, too, so you don’t know what’s going on in his mind and you suddenly feel tense, especially when he moves down to your waist and you jerk in surprise.
But he doesn’t say anything until he’s finished. You mumble your thanks and he faces the water once you start spreading the lotion on your arms and legs.
Mo-eum yells for both of you to come so Jungkook stands up and offers his hand for you to take, which you do. Your fingers brush against each other again and you can’t help the small smile that forms on your face, until you find out that there are pebbles that line the shore which you have to cross to get to the water and you express your dismay.
“It’s just like acupuncture on your feet,” Jungkook explains.
“I don’t like them. They hurt,” you pout.
“Come on. It’s not that bad,” he says.
You still look unsure so he offers his hand again and you take it, letting him ease the pressure on your feet as you walk over. You make it, and you sigh in relief once you’re submerged in the cool water.
Your friends join you and you all just soak in the feeling of being here and wave at the others who opted to stay on the shore.
When you all collectively start getting dehydrated, you decide to head back. You groan when you reach the pebbled part of the shore again and Jungkook chuckles next to you.
“Do you want to ride on my back? Do you want me to throw you to the other side or build you a bridge?” He teases.
The piggyback ride is definitely tempting but you opt for something else.
“Hold my hand again?” You ask.
He softly smiles and offers his and you gladly take it. You almost don’t want to let go but you do, hoping for another chance to do it again.
You all lay on the towels to dry up a bit before heading back on the road for a last drive to a pier before heading to a restaurant for some black pork belly for dinner.
You sit next to Jungkook, given the realization that it’s your last night and tomorrow’s your last day. When you get back to Seoul, it’s back to the daily grind and your usual schedule. You want to see him again. In fact, you want to see him more.
You could reason that you’re just doing what you’ve been doing these past months if you ask him to hang out or go with you to buy something or watch a movie in your apartment. Or you could just be honest with him and tell him how you feel, perhaps see if he feels the same way and figure out where you go from here.
The thought makes you giggle and butterflies explode in your belly thinking that he might like you, too. You don’t want to assume. It could be that he’s always been this attentive or affectionate to you and you never really paid attention because maybe, he stayed the same and you’re the one that changed.
It’s also possible that alongside you, he also changed. Or you may also just be reading too much into it and you’re completely off the mark and it may be the worst thing in the world but then maybe it isn’t. Not having him around you in any way is definitely much worse and that thought makes your heart skip a beat for all the wrong reasons.
You don’t want to think of a life where he isn’t around, same as you can’t imagine the last 10 years without him. Would trying to have something more put all that in jeopardy?
But you’ve always been a risk-taker. You’ve been rejected before but you got over it and you never regretted going for something you want for fear of what you’ll lose.
Then again, Jungkook is different; he’s your friend. Losing him because he doesn’t feel the same way would be terrible for you.
But who’s to say you’ll lose him even if he doesn’t like you back? You’ll make sure you won’t and—
“Yah,” he nudges your knee. “Can your wandering mind get its ass back here? We’ve got dinner to eat. I’m cooking this pork perfectly so you better be present for it.”
You turn to him who’s teasingly laughing at you and you shake your head, knowing he’d seen your face probably express all the different thoughts and emotions you just experienced all in one minute.
“Okay, better get going and cook it to perfection then,” you say smugly.
Jungkook shows off when he’s challenged and that’s what he does. He gives a commentary of how he’s grilling the pork and even does tricks of opening the soju and beer bottles to the delight of everyone. But he’s right to boast because the meat does taste amazing. He’s rendered the fat well and it’s so juicy, everyone moans through dinner.
You all stay in the restaurant a while to make sure everyone’s sobered up before heading back to the house where you watch an outdoor movie - a sci-fi horror film that Mo-eum insisted on because she thinks she’ll be less scared with more people around.
She wasn’t right about that and you fared much better with Jungkook next to you, mostly because you were actually nervous to do something silly, like snuggle with him or hold his hand. You screamed only in one part and managed to cover your mouth in time. He teasingly laughed at you though and said he wasn’t going anywhere even if you screamed again.
There’s dancing and singing right after to get over what you just watched. There’s also definitely more alcohol. But you hold off a little, knowing you have that sunrise ride in the morning with Jungkook, which you’re really doing alone with him because everybody else passed up on it.
You see him drink less, too, and you look at each other after rejecting Namjoon’s drink offers and know you’re thinking the same.
The night still ends right before midnight though, and once you’re settled on your side of the bed and Jungkook is tucked under the covers on his, he asks you again about tomorrow.
“You sure you’re ready to wake up and brave the cold?”
“Yes. You’ll make sure I will,” you laugh.
“Okay then. See you in the morning.”
Waking you up before 5 AM isn’t as bad as Jungkook expected. You open your eyes after the fifth tap and raise your arms for him to pull so you could get off the bed. You trip on the floor mattress but thankfully don’t wake Taehyung up nor stub your toe so that’s a success in Jungkook’s books.
You insist on washing up downstairs so you don’t wake your friends up and he has to guide you down the steps because you’re still half asleep. You do your business then wait for him to do his.
You jerk in surprise when he exits the bathroom in just his joggers, and you grumbly ask him why he’s always naked. When he laughs at your question, you ask him why he’s laughing, and he just waves this off as you, speaking your mind like always.
You ask for his jacket though, since the thickest one you have is still wet and he’s got one he could lend you so he wears the thinner one so you’d feel warmer.
There are a dozen things that could’ve gone wrong with just getting you out of the door but they didn’t happen so yes, this isn't as bad as Jungkook had imagined.
You make your way to his motorcycle and he faces you to put on your helmet.
“Don’t be scared, okay? Tell me if you are then I’ll slow down,” he instructs. “But just hold tight. You know I won’t let anything bad happen to you.”
“Okay,” you smile softly.
He gets on the bike and you follow his instructions for getting behind him. You wear the backpack with the hot drinks inside then you wrap your arms around his waist as security.
You quickly settle in and loosen your hold around him just a little. It’s still dark everywhere so there’s not much to see so you just focus on how he feels in front of you, liking the warmth he emits and the stability he provides as he carefully drives around.
It’s not a long drive but you suppose that’s fine. You get to the viewing spot and quickly see the start of the sun’s ascent.
“Not bad, right?” He gestures to his bike. “It rides pretty smooth and it’s not too loud.”
“It was fine,” you assure him. “I didn’t feel like I was gonna fall off or anything.”
He smiles in response and helps you sit on the ledge of a wall that gives a good view of the ocean. With cups of hot tea in hand, you sit in silence as the sky starts to lighten, as if you’re witnessing the changing of the guards and it’s now the sun’s turn to watch over earth.
It’s breathtaking and you think of all the times you’d taken the sunrise for granted. It’s slow but it’s constant. It may look different, depending on where you’re watching it from, but it still happens everyday and you either go through your day without thinking about it or you stop and look at the sun and think that it did its best in showing up today.
That’s how it is with things you’ve gotten used to sometimes - you stop paying attention, and perhaps that’s when you miss out on important things.
You recall the sunrise during your hike a few months ago when Jungkook stayed back to make sure you made it to the top. You don’t even know where he was when you all sat down by the rocks to watch and perhaps that says a lot with how you looked at him then. Because you’re here alone with him now, and you already know this moment will last with you for a long time.
Maybe your friendship is like the sunrise. It will always be there, but you could watch it on top of a mountain or by the ocean or along Hangang River and the view changes. You know you changed, and now that you’ve paid attention, you want to know if this friendship could change into something more, too.
“Now that’s satisfying,” Jungkook hums as the sun settles above the water now.
“Thanks for telling me about this place and bringing me here, Kook,” you turn to face him. “It’s uh, it’s something I’ll always remember.”
“Yeah. Me, too,” he responds.
You don’t know if it’s the sincerity in his eyes or it’s just you being caught up in the moment, but you glance at his lips and think for a millisecond that crashing yours against his is a good idea.
His phone alarm ringing fortunately knocks some sense into you and you turn away in time for you to not do anything abrupt and maybe unwelcome. He remarks that he forgot to set it off for this time and you nod, internally thankful that he did.
It’s at that moment when you hear sounds from the water and see that dolphins have come to swim on this part of the ocean. You’re so surprised and excited that you reflexively hold his hand but he doesn’t seem put off and he lets it stay there.
You don’t mind at this point. All you know is that it feels right and you want to feel it again.
The moment ends and you look at each other in awe at being able to experience something so wholesome and beautiful together. You suppose it’s too much for words, as you get back on the bike and ride around town with not many words.
It’s a longer trip this time, as he says that he’ll take the other route so there’s more of the town to see, and you don’t mind at all. You’d like to hold him like this as long as possible.
You make it back to the house and take a nap until everyone else wakes up. You pack your bags and load them in the trunk before you head out for some stir fried pork lunch. Jungkook and Taehyung follow after returning their bikes and you watch Jungkook from afar, beefing with Jimin about the sausage and then finishing more portions than he said he’d have.
You drive to the airport and don’t wait long before you board the plane. You sit next to Jungkook again and you lean on each other just like the flight coming here. But you suppose something’s really changed now, as you comfortably snuggle closer and think that you want to keep doing this, maybe hold hands, too. Perhaps share a kiss?
It’s all too much and probably too soon but you’ll care about all that later on. You want to bask in the possibilities first; the thoughts of consequences will come soon after you separate from him.
And it does, after you hang out at Jungkook’s place with Taehyung, Jimin, and Mo-eum and then he drops you off at yours.
“So, Tae invited himself and you guys to my apartment on Saturday,” you say when you open your door and he rolls your luggage inside your home. “You’ll be there, right?”
“Of course,” he smiles.
“I’ll return your hoodie all fresh and washed then!”
“No problem. You take care, yeah? Hopefully the trip gave you a bit of energy for the week.”
“It did. It gave me a lot actually. You, too,” you smile back.
“Same,” he nods. “I’ll head out and see you, yeah?”
“Good night, Kook!” You yell out.
“Good night!”
You lie on your couch once you close the door and take in his scent on his hoodie that you don’t want to remove just yet. You already can’t wait to see him again. You also know you’re gonna have to find a way to deal with all this and you’ll have to do it without losing him in the process.
Series Masterlist
Permanent Taglist:
@sherlynxx @di0rgguk @thequeen-kat @fan-ati–c @cravingforhotchocolate @adoraminie @weasleyswizarding-wheezes @gukssunshine @kookxin @petuliii @libra04 @fancycollectormoon @twixxxpie @ignoretheskies @ohmydarlin-g @bids97 @minyoongiboongi @main-bangtansmauyeondan @investedreader @petalsofink @stopeatread @craftymoonchaos @alpacaparkaseok @coletaehyung @boyfriendtaekook @moonchild1 @keshiadeija @nesha227 @src-9 @almatiarau
Series Taglist:
@lovingkoalaface @amatun28 @mar-lo-pap @whoa-jo @ot7even @m4aimm @spicxbnny @burnahtsw @sadgirlroo @dearmyfavoritepeople-bts @kokoandkookie @bjoriis @vantelover1306 @yooforeaa @usuallyunlikelyfox @medicinemybish @impossibleglitterphantom @daisies-and-dandelionpuffs
#jungkook fic#jungkook x reader#jungkook x you#jungkook x oc#jungkook fanfiction#jeon jungkook#bts jungkook#jungkook fluff#jungkook series#something about you
195 notes
·
View notes
Text
I really feel like we, as jayvik shippers, need to talk about this shot more:

Like, I have seen it mentioned here and there, but I actually think it's one of the most glaringly obvious hints (its not even a hint tbh) that what is going on between Jayce and Viktor is undeniably framed as romantic. As it was stated by one of the animators: Every detail in animation is intentional. This shot was chosen and it was chosen for a reason.
First of: The timing. This happens after Viktor leaves Jayce. We all know the scene - it often gets (jokingly) called the breakup scene, leading up the "divorce era". So what do we typically see in movies or whatever media after the big breakup? What's the cliche? We see the protagonist, reminiscing and yearning for what has been lost. Often in a montage. Overlaid with some music. Well, it's exactly what we get with Jayce. And while we hear Heimerdingers song in the background going "Go and make some mistakes. You live and you learn", we see Jayce sitting in the rain looking at those two very much male looking figures looking like they are leaning in for a kiss. If that's not enough, I will add more: Jayces scenes are altering with Ekkos in the AU, where he developes his romantic relationship with Jinx. Arcane in general relies heavily on parallels to tell the parts of the story that are not directly shown on screen. And they will very often do it in this manner, were they cut back and forth between scenes, that are thematically relevant to eachother. I will let you decide for yourself, what the thematic relevance could be. Also, speaking of heartbreak - I actually could not remember this shot from watching the show, so I always believed it was edited when I saw it posted as an image, but it's real? Like, you can see the heart, broken in half by the ravine Jayce just climbed out of? The ravine in which he hallucinated Viktor in the fire? Yeah, okay. I am sure whichever highly skilled artist who drew this blatant symbolism (in red and pink, mind you), did it completely by accident. Or maybe they just thought that would be the best way to show their platonic brotherly relationship *shrugs*
Here is something else: As a few people pointed out before, the shot reminded them of the "Lovers of pompeii" - two human remains that were initially thought to be women, but then later discovered to be men. I say, if the people watching made that connection, there is no way in hell that the artists, who work on these shots for months, would not think of this comparison. Especially because the way the corpses are hardened but retain their shape in the AU, is very much like an Arcane-corrupted version of Pompeii. So yeah. I get kind of annoyed when I read comments complaining why people can't accept that Jayce and Viktor are just brothers (I'm talking about the "why does everything have to be sexual/gay" comments). I get annoyed, because if you have a quantum of media literacy, you will CLOCK all the tricks they pulled in the show, that are frequently used in media when portraying romantic relationships. And again, I am talking about a single shot here. As we all know, there is SO MUCH MORE.
#arcane#viktor arcane#arcane meta#jayce x viktor#jayvik#jayce arcane#arcane analysis#jayvik meta#arcane season 2#arcane spoilers
157 notes
·
View notes
Note
okay i have a request: bayverse!leonardo x fem!reader. the reader has been friends with the turtles for months and during this time she and leonardo have developed a close relationship thanks to their love of reading and the fact that both of them are calm introverts (the reader is much more sweet and in tune with her emotions tough, bay!leo really needs someone like this imo). now leonardo is realizing that what he thought was just friendship is becoming something more, at least on his part, and he doesn't know what to do about it. obviously his brothers notice this change and their way of helping him is to tease him in front of the reader to force either of them to confess (they secretly been shipping them since the beginning and finally their ship is sailing!).
A/N: Hello, anon! I loved writing the dynamic between Leo and the reader, how they’re a lot alike but she has that emotional intelligence that he often lacks. And the brothers’ teasing “encouragement” to get them together was also a fun element to incorporate, even if it’s rough-going at first 🫢
I hope you enjoy! ☺️
Between the Lines (angst/fluff)
💙 Bayverse Leonardo/Female Reader 💙
CWs: Mutual pining, sibling teasing and meddling, brief anger/snapping, emotional vulnerability, confessions, first kiss, happy ending. All characters are aged-up.

The familiar, cool air of the lair wraps around you like a well-loved blanket.
You’re curled up on the worn but comfortable cushions of the couch, a thick hardback open in your lap. Across from you, Leo occupies his usual spot in a patched-up armchair. He’s immersed in an old, slightly battered-looking copy of Miyamoto Musashi’s The Book of Five Rings. He furrows his brow in concentration as he tracks the lines of text.
This is your usual routine, which began not long after you—months ago—literally stumbled into Leo and his brothers’ hidden world. And this comfortable silence you now share has become one of your favorite parts of it. You both found kinship in your introversion. A quiet understanding that doesn’t require constant chatter.
And of course, you’ve bonded over books and love to discuss the stories, the characters, the ideas within them. Sometimes the discussions are deep dives into themes and motivation. Other times they’re just comfortable exchanges about a particularly well-turned phrase or a plot twist neither of you saw coming.
While you’ve grown fond of his brothers’ more eccentric dispositions, Leo’s calm presence is something you enjoy. You appreciate the depth you sense beneath his disciplined exterior, the careful way he observes the world. You, in turn, offer a gentler perspective, a willingness to voice the emotions he usually keeps tightly locked down.
You sometimes catch him watching you when he thinks you’re not looking—like right now. For a moment, his brow smooths out, and there’s a flicker of something unreadable in his blue eyes.
Before his gaze snaps back to his book, brow furrowing once again.
A faint warmth spreads through your chest at the intensity you glimpsed, even if it vanished as quickly as it appeared. You keep your eyes dutifully on your page, though the words blur together. You pretend you didn’t notice, respecting the boundary he clearly erected by whipping his gaze back so sharply. And that’s part of the understanding too: knowing when not to push.
You shift slightly on the cushions, the worn fabric sighing softly beneath you. The sound seems amplified in the quiet. You reread the last paragraph on the page, forcing your focus back to the intricate plot unfolding. And for another minute or two, the silence stretches. You find yourself wanting to bridge it. But again, you relent, convincing yourself not to press.
Your cheeks are warm. This isn’t just the comfortable quiet anymore; your skin tingles, and the air feels like it does before a storm. Again, you attempt to focus on the words in front of you, but you can no longer comprehend them. All you can think about is the definite shift you’ve sensed in Leo—and the precarious question mark hanging in the space between you.
Because lately, the way he looks at you—it feels … different.
The words on the page have become meaningless squiggles, drowned out by the roaring silence and the frantic beat of your own heart against your ribs. Just now, you feel that look again. That focused stare. You try to take a slow, steadying breath, but it hitches halfway. Then you risk another look at Leo—
—and this time, he doesn’t look away immediately.
Instead, his eyes meet yours. And for a beat, you swear you feel the air crackle. There’s a tension in his jaw you’ve learned to recognize as him grappling with something internally. He continues to hold your gaze, not looking away. You swallow, rooted to the spot.
Inevitably, something shatters the moment.
“Ooooh, lookie here! Study buddies getting intense?” Mikey’s voice booms as he skateboards into the main room, executing a wobbly turn.
Leo’s posture goes ramrod straight. Every muscle seems to tense. “It’s called reading, Michelangelo.” He speaks in a clipped, overly formal tone—a sure sign of his discomfort.
Donnie wanders in, tapping away at a tablet. Though his eyes flick between you and Leo with keen interest. “Technically, Mikey’s right. Leo’s bio-feedback readings have shown a slight elevation in heart rate and galvanic skin response when you’re in close proximity.”
You press your lips together, trying not to laugh as you bookmark the page and close your book. Oh boy, you think as Raph enters the room. Here we go. The peace is officially over.
Raph glances from a now distinctly uncomfortable Leo to you, a knowing smirk spreading across his face. “Yeah, ‘reading’. Looks more like our fearless leader is trying to figure out how to use his words for something other than barking orders.” He gives Leo a pointed look.
Leo’s shoulders bunch up even further, and he shoots Raph a glare that could curdle milk. “I was contemplating strategy, Raphael. Something you might benefit from trying occasionally, instead of just charging in.” The deflection is immediate, sharp.
You tuck your feet beneath you on the couch, feeling the tension in the room climbing. “He’s right, guys,” you say softly, trying to inject a note of casualness. “We were just enjoying the quiet.”
“Quiet? Dude, the air was buzzing!” Mikey insists, ditching his board and planting his feet firmly on the floor. “Like, zzzzt! Electric eel quiet!” He makes buzzing noises and wiggles his fingers for emphasis.
“My sensors registered a distinct increase in localized atmospheric ions,” Donnie says, “that are consistent with elevated emotional states. Fascinating, really.” He taps his screen again. “Further analysis pending.”
Leo makes a strangled noise in the back of his throat. “Donnie,” he grits out.
Raph folds his arms over his plastron, that knowing smirk still firmly in place. “Aw, relax, Leo. Nobody’s judging.” He pauses, letting the implication hang heavy. “Much.” He winks at you, making you blush. “Just sayin’, Leo. Maybe Musashi ain’t the only thing holdin’ your attention these days.”
“Shut up, Raph,” Leo snaps, his gaze darting towards you, checking your reaction.
“Aw, is Leo getting flustered?” Mikey teases, grinning as he looks at you. “You finally break through that super-serious shell of his?”
Heat floods your face, matching the flush you see creeping up Leo’s neck.
You manage a small, slightly shaky laugh. “You guys are relentless,” you say, aiming for amused rather than mortified. You gesture vaguely towards the books resting nearby. “There’s no ‘shell breaking’ going on. We were just reading.”
Leo pushes himself abruptly out of the chair, his movements stiff and jerky. He places The Book of Five Rings down on the armrest with more force than necessary. “Enough, Mikey,” he bites out, his voice low and tight with warning. He refuses to look directly at you, his gaze fixed somewhere over Mikey’s shoulder, his jaw clenched tight.
“Actually,” Donnie begins, adjusting his glasses, “the ‘shell’ metaphor is interesting. Because psychologically, prolonged exposure to a non-threatening, emotionally open individual can foster increased vulnerability and trust in subjects typically exhibiting guarded behavior. My preliminary data correlates with a significant decrease in Leo’s baseline stress markers when in your presence, contrasted with—”
Raph snorts, cutting Donnie off. “See? Even Donnie agrees you’re gettin’ soft, Leo.” He grins wider, thoroughly enjoying the leader’s discomfort. “Must be all that … quiet reading.”
“Is Leo gonna start writing poetry now?” Mikey says, bouncing slightly on the balls of his feet, completely oblivious to Leo’s darkening expression—or perhaps relishing it far too much. “Ooh! Or maybe singing love songs?” He strikes a dramatic pose, hand over his heart.
“That’s enough!” Leo finally snaps. His voice cracks through the room like a whip, sharp enough to make even Mikey flinch back a step.
The playful teasing evaporates instantly. For a fraction of a second, Leo’s furious gaze lands on you. You see a flash of something raw and conflicted—Panic? Frustration? Regret?—before he wrenches his eyes away and pivots on his heel. “I’m going to train.”
Before he can go far, Raph grabs his arm. “Leo, wait. We didn’t mean—”
“Let me go.” Leo shakes off Raph’s hand, his voice low, strained. His gaze flits momentarily back to you, and the raw emotion you glimpsed earlier—that maelstrom of panic and frustration—is starkly visible before he clamps down on it again, hardening his expression.
Raph lets out a heavy sigh, rubbing the back of his neck. The smirk is long gone, replaced by a frown of genuine concern mixed with self-reproach. “Leo, we’re sorry. Didn’t mean to push ya like that. We got kinda … carried away.” He casts an apologetic glance at you as well.
Mikey looks up, nodding quickly. “Yeah, dude. Sorry. We were just messing around. Because you know, the two of you …” He gestures vaguely between Leo and you, opens his mouth to say something—before wincing slightly, thinking better of finishing that train of thought.
Leo’s about to throw some barbs at his youngest brother when you stand abruptly and go over to him. “It’s okay,” you say, trying to calm him. “They’re just being—”
“Annoying?” Leo bites out. “Intrusive?”
“Accurate,” Donnie supplies, leveling a look directly at Leo.
“Seriously,” Raph says. “We see how you get all quiet and weird—well, quieter and weirder—when she’s around. So just spit it out already.”
He glares at Raph. “There’s nothing to ‘spit out.’ Unlike some people, I don’t feel the need to broadcast every fleeting thought or impulse that crashes through my head.” The insult is sharp, aimed squarely at his hot-headed brother.
Mikey winces again, glancing between his two oldest brothers nervously.
Raph raises his hands in a placating gesture. “Whoa, easy, Leo. Just sayin’—”
“Saying what, exactly?” Leo cuts him off, his control fraying. “That I enjoy quiet companionship? That I value having someone around who … who understands me?” His eyes flicker briefly, almost involuntarily, towards you again.
Your cheeks grow warm once more. But before Leo can say anything else, you quickly move forward, laying a hand gently on his arm. “Please, Leo,” you murmur, your voice soft but clear. “It’s okay. Really.”
He freezes at your touch. His muscles remain rigid beneath your hand, taut as bowstrings. But the furious energy seems to stall, caught short by your intervention. He looks down at your hand resting on his arm, his plastron rising and falling with agitated breaths. Then, slowly, he lifts his gaze to your face.
The anger in his eyes vanishes, momentarily overwhelmed by that conflicted look again. His vulnerability warring fiercely with his ingrained need for composure. And for a fleeting second, he looks utterly lost.
Exposed.
Raph watches the silent exchange between you and Leo, his own expression softening considerably. He nudges Mikey. “C’mon, guys,” Raph says quietly. “Let’s, uh … Let’s give ‘em some space.”
Mikey nods, looking immensely relieved to escape the line of fire. “Yeah! Space! Totally! Good idea, Raph!” He backs away towards the tunnels.
Donnie again looks between the two of you, before following Mikey out of the lair. Raph joins them soon after, leaving the room to fall quiet again.
It’s heavy, thick with everything that was just said.
And everything that wasn’t.
Leo hasn’t moved. He’s still looking at you, your hand still resting on his arm. The tension hasn’t fully left him, but the volatile anger has receded. Slowly, deliberately, he covers your hand with his own for a second—before pulling away. It’s not a rejection so much as a gathering of courage.
He turns away slightly, running a hand over his face, his gaze fixed on the floor. “I … apologize,” he says, the word strained. “For their behavior. And … for my reaction. It was inappropriate.”
“It’s okay,” you say softly. “Brothers tease. It happens.”
He shakes his head. He still won’t look directly at you, focusing instead on the worn pattern of the rug. “No. It’s not just teasing.” He pauses, his shoulders tensing as if bracing for impact. “They weren’t entirely … wrong.”
Your breath catches in your throat. You wait, hardly daring to breathe, as he visibly struggles with himself. His fists clench and unclench at his sides. He takes a deep, unsteady breath, the kind you’ve seen him take before facing a daunting opponent.
Finally, he turns back to face you. His eyes meet yours, and the turbulent emotions beneath shatter his usual discipline. The raw vulnerability you glimpsed earlier is fully present now, unguarded and intense.
“Donnie’s observations,” he begins, his voice rough, stumbling slightly over the words. “And Raph’s … accusations.” He swallows hard, his gaze unwavering now, locked onto yours. “While crudely delivered, they hold a measure of truth.”
He takes another breath, forcing the next words out. “My focus—it has been compromised lately. When you are here.” He gestures vaguely towards the couch, towards the shared space, towards you. “This quiet companionship, as I called it. It’s become … significant. To me.”
He pauses again, the silence stretching, amplifying the frantic beat of your own heart. You can see the effort it’s costing him, the sheer force of will required to push past years of ingrained stoicism and emotional suppression.
“I find your presence centering,” he continues, the formality of his words contrasting with the emotion in his eyes. “And distracting. Simultaneously.” A faint, self-deprecating grimace touches his lips before vanishing. “My thoughts deviate from strategy. My focus … shifts.”
He looks down briefly, then meets your gaze again, his own filled with a hesitant, almost uncertain intensity. “What I mean to say,” he finally manages, the words quiet but clear in the heavy silence, “is that my feelings for you extend beyond friendship.”
He doesn’t say more. He simply stands there, stiff as a board, his jaw clenched. As if preparing for a blow after having laid his carefully guarded heart bare. His eyes, usually so calm and assessing, are wide, searching yours, filled with a potent mixture of apprehension and hope.
You can only stare, the echo of Leo’s words reverberating in the space between you. It’s the confirmation of the subtle shift you’d sensed, the answer to the unspoken question that had been tightening your own chest for weeks. But hearing it spoken aloud by him causes a warmth to bloom inside you, chasing away the anxiety that has plagued you for so long.
You see the tight set of his shoulders, the way his hands are still loosely fisted at his sides as if he’s bracing for rejection. For the possibility that he’d misread everything, that he’d shattered the comfortable dynamic you share for nothing. You take a hesitant step closer, closing the small distance between you.
Shoving down your own introverted caution. Because he deserves the same honesty he just offered you.
“Leo,” you breathe, your voice barely a whisper.
You lift a hand, not quite touching him yet, letting it hover in the charged air between you. “That quiet companionship …” you begin, echoing his earlier words, your voice gaining a little strength. “It’s … significant for me, too.”
Relief flashes across his face, but he remains still. Waiting.
“I thought … I thought maybe I was imagining things,” you admit, a wobbly laugh escaping you. “The way you looked at me sometimes. The way it felt just sitting here. Reading.” You finally meet his gaze fully, letting him see the emotion swimming in your own eyes. “It wasn’t just comfortable silence anymore, was it?”
He shakes his head mutely, his throat working as he swallows.
“My focus hasn’t exactly been stellar either,” you confess, a small smile touching your lips. “These last few weeks, maybe longer. Trying to read when all I can really think about is …” You trail off, suddenly finding it hard to say the words, your own vulnerability rising to the surface.
You take another step, finally closing the gap. Your hand finds his arm again, resting gently on firm muscle. This time, he doesn’t pull away. Instead, his own hand covers yours almost instantly, his grip surprisingly gentle but firm, anchoring you.
“Leo,” you say again, your voice steadier now. “My feelings for you … they extend beyond friendship, too.” You take a deep breath, the words tumbling out in a rush of relieved honesty. “A lot further. I …” You swallow. “I love you.”
The admission hangs in the air, raw and true.
For a heartbeat, Leo just stares at you, his eyes searching yours as if trying to absorb the reality of your words. Then, the tension visibly drains out of him. His shoulders slump in relief, his posture relaxing. His grip on your hand tightens possessively. A slow, tentative smile—one that reaches his eyes—transforms his face, erasing the lines of worry.
It makes your heart do a ridiculous flip.
“You …” he starts, his voice thick with emotion, almost rough. He clears his throat. “You do?”
You nod, unable to speak past the lump in your throat, your smile mirroring his. Tears prickle at the corners of your eyes. Not from sadness, but from overwhelming relief and happiness.
He raises his other hand, his fingers brushing gently against your cheek. The contact sends shivers down your spine. He seems momentarily lost for words, the disciplined leader grappling with an emotion far more complex than any battle strategy.
“I …” He shakes his head slightly, that small smile lingering. “I hoped. But I wasn’t sure.” He leans closer, gently cupping your face. “I love you too,” he murmurs, his breath warm against your skin.
The world seems to narrow down to just the two of you. Leo’s thumb strokes gently over the back of your hand. His other hand remains cupped against your face, his touch feather-light but possessive. His gaze flickers down to your lips, then back up to meet your eyes. You give the slightest nod, a silent permission that sends another wave of warmth flooding through you.
He leans in slowly, deliberately, giving you every chance to pull away, true to his nature. But you don’t move. You meet him halfway, rising on your toes. The space between you disappears. His lips meet yours, tentative at first. His lips are surprisingly soft against yours, moving with a hesitant tenderness that makes your heart ache in the best possible way.
You sigh softly into the kiss, your free hand coming up to rest against his plastron, feeling the steady, strong beat of his heart beneath your palm. It’s racing almost as fast as your own. He deepens the kiss slightly, his hand tightening its hold on yours. It feels like coming home, like finding a piece of yourself you hadn’t realized was missing.
When he finally pulls back, it’s only by a fraction, his forehead resting against yours. His eyes remain closed for a moment, as if savoring the connection. You keep yours shut for a few moments, too.
“Wow,” you murmur, your eyes fluttering open.
An unguarded smile touches his lips again. “Yeah,” he agrees. “Wow.” He gently brushes a stray strand of hair from your face.
He takes your other hand, holding both securely in his grasp. He looks down at your joined hands, then back up at you, his expression serene, resolute. The vulnerability is still there, but tempered now with confidence, with the quiet joy of reciprocated feeling.
“So,” he says after a few moments, a hint of his usual pragmatic nature returning, though softened around the edges. “Reading might be … slightly more challenging from now on.”
A laugh bubbles up from your chest, light and happy. “Might be,” you agree. “But I think … I think I’m okay with that.”
He smiles—a proper, heart-stopping smile that lights up his face. He leans down and presses a brief, sweet kiss to your forehead.
Your respective stories have taken a turn neither of you fully anticipated. But it is a chapter you were both eager to finally write.
Together.
#my writing#filled requests#tmnt bayverse#tmnt leonardo#tmnt leo#tmnt x reader#tmnt bayverse x reader#bayverse leonardo#bayverse leo#bayverse leonardo x reader#bayverse leo x reader#leonardo x reader#leo x reader#tmnt leonardo x reader#tmnt leo x reader#tmnt 2014#tmnt 2016#tmnt requests#not posted on ao3#scheduled post
107 notes
·
View notes
Text
A breakdown of the second Hellaverse/Helluva Boss panel at LVLUP EXPO, titled "One Helluva Cast! (Part 1)"
As we can see here, we were given a good portion of the next helluva boss short, which features Blitz and Loona going on an I.M.P mission together to kill a children's entertainer! Which releases late June this year!
There will also be 'many' shorts (I'm assuming this is referring to the eight recorded shorts they said they had at another panel a few months ago) coming out this year as well!
Full recording of the short below!
youtube
There will be zero censorship on Helluva Boss' release on Prime Video, with this including both past episodes when they arrive on Prime Video this fall, and for all future episodes as well, with them using Mammon's cunts and the dildos as examples for this.
And because they don't need to worry about youtube's rules anymore when releasing to prime video, they're free to make the show even more raunchy and foul-mouthed than ever before!
Next season will have a quote 'full on penetration scene' (aka sex) of Fizzmodeus, presumably only on Prime Video.
I cannot tell if this comment made was a joke or not because of the tweet Vivzie liked in the screenshot below.
Unhappy campers was the episode so far where Moxxie definitely grew the most, with some comments about this being about how Moxxie is unintentionally self-absorbed, and his ability to be able to empathize with others (In this case, Millie) is hampered by his insecurities and need to prove his worth. Unhappy campers taught Moxxie to be a better listener and to also be in-tune more with other's emotions as well.
Millie's VA thinks that Millie has imposter syndrome.
Loona's arc was one about nuance, learning that not everything in this world is black and white, learning that not everyone is out to hurt her and learning that it's also okay for her to let her guard down. Also described as 'The softening', as we can very clearly see in places like the fact that Loona now just warmly calls Blitz 'Dad' and all that.
As well as sticking close to that quote she made in s2 e2 as well, she stands by every single word she said to Octavia there, you know, the speech where Loona said stuff like 'Dad's aren't all perfect but they're definitely trying and that's what matters' and all that, and well, obviously all the themes, ideas and such firmly established in season 2 will appear in season 3 and 4 as well.
Fizzarolli's arc has been about breaking out of his shell, being able to say fuck you to the people in his life that very much deserve a fuck you (for example, Mammon), that sort of thing. The arc is kinda like Fizzarolli having his cake and eating it at the same time, if I'm using that phrase correctly here.
Fizzmodeus shirt coming to Hot Topic around the end of May. (I think this is the pride one but I'm not entirely sure on that.)
Obviously, Fizzmodeus has quite a few parallels to Stolitz within the show.
There's something about Fizzarolli that allows Asmodeus to just be himself in front of him, which contrasts with Asmodeus not being able to be just himself in front of people like Mammon for example, which Asmodeus' VA has stated is very similar to him and his own real life wife.
Lastly, in a fight Asmodeus could absolutely kick Mammon's ass, with the reasoning for this being that Asmodeus actually has something to fight for, while Mammon has nothing to fight for at all.
#helluva boss#helluva boss asmodeus#fizzarolli#helluva boss mammon#fizzmodeus#helluva boss blitzo#helluva boss stolas#stolitz#moxxie#helluva boss millie#loona helluva boss#Youtube
82 notes
·
View notes
Text
If We…
SUMMARY | You and Hansol pretend to fake date to get Mingyu jealous. But somewhere along the way, you start to develop feelings for Hansol.
PAIRINGS | Hansol/Vernon (SVT) x Reader
RATING | Mature, NSFW, EXPLICIT, MDNI, 18+, Any Minors and Ageless Blogs will be blocked
GENRE | smut, just pure unadulterated smut, friends with benefits, fake dating
CONTENT/WARNINGS | profanity, unprotective sex, fingering, breast fondling, creampies, dirty talk, kissing, biting/nibbling, praising, hair gripping, oral sex (f.receiving)
LENGTH | 6,131 words
TAGLIST | –
NETWORKS | @k-vanity @ksmutsociety @keopihaus @cosyhomenet @winerys-collection
AUTHOR’S NOTE | First of all, I want to mention that this is a continuation of ‘What Are We?’ but it's also a standalone fic as well. There will be 2 more parts coming soon because we all need to know who she picks, right?
Also want to thank @heechwe and @lovetaroandtaemin for reading and beta-reading this and cheering me on! I love you two and I always appreciate the hype and the love. Hope you all enjoy! 💚
Seventeen Masterlist
"You guys still aren't dating?" Seokmin nudges you a little, making your drink spill a bit out of the cup and onto your pants.
You groan in annoyance as you grab a handful of napkins from the table to pat away the wet stains on your pants. "Why does everyone seem hell-bent on us getting together?"
"You guys have been bangin' it out for two years!" Minghao said from his seat, mouth full with the last of his hamburger. "You'd think you two would be together by now. What're you even waiting for, dude?"
"I don't know!" you exclaimed exasperatedly, sipping loudly on your drink. "I just don't know."
Mingyu is hanging with his other group of friends today, so here you are in a booth with Seokmin, Hansol, Soonyoung and Minghao, and no matter the topic of discussion, it always boils down to the relationship between Mingyu and you. It gets tiring hearing the same thing everyday from each person you hang out with. But in the end, you can't get angry at them. You can't stay mad at people who mean no malice in what they are saying. They all know the situation between you two and how delicate of a position you are in.
"Did he ask you to be his girlfriend again?" Soonyoung asks.
"Yes, and for the hundredth time, I told him no." You want so badly to tell them that you told him one day you'll agree, but a part of you is afraid that maybe when the day comes that you and Mingyu do become exclusive, it won't work out like it did when you two had first started fucking each other's brains out. That when it's confirmed that you and he have actually something serious, and when feelings get hurt, and when tempers get raised, then things will fall apart and crumble like the fragile foundation between you.
Because all this time, it has been based on a sexual relationship, not an emotional one.
You feel like things may be good for the first couple of weeks of an official relationship. Maybe it can even last six months, nine even.
But what about a year or even three?
"Seriously?" Hansol looked incredulous. "So what, you're happy with just sex, no strings attached?"
"Well...no, but it's complicated, okay," you grumble.
"How complicated can it be?" Seokmin asks. "You like the guy, and he likes you back. Just go be in a relationship together; you'd both be happy."
You're scared. Scared that everything could work out at the beginning, and then one day it would just fizzle out. The worst possible scenario you could think of is if Mingyu suddenly meets the perfect girl—a girl so amazing, perfect, beautiful, caring, understanding, and everything he had wanted in a girl, that he'll no longer want you anymore and leave you alone, forgotten and heartbroken.
The silence spoke for you, but Soonyoung picked up on the difference and eyed you carefully. "Are you scared?"
You inhale sharply and avert your eyes, "...He could just up and leave me. What if everything starts and then something happens? What then?"
"But what if nothing happens," Soonyoung replies. "Wouldn't it have been worth it?"
"Maybe... maybe not," your teeth bite your bottom lip anxiously. "I'm not sure."
"So what? You're gonna stay alone forever?" Minghao questions, not in the least bit teasing. He actually looked concerned. "What happens if he does date someone else? Would you really let him go to the next woman without a fight? If you care about Mingyu as much as we all know you do, you'll either go out with him or let him be happy with somebody else."
"Guys, cut it out," Hansol cut them off before any argument starts to ensue. "We're just going in circles. Now's not the time for this. It's a sensitive subject to Y/N."
Everyone slumps into their seats. A long awkward silence follows before Seokmin blurts out. "Why don't you just date someone else? Then Mingyu might get jealous and want you for himself and stuff!"
Maybe he's right. You need a distraction; you need someone new. Then maybe these feelings of uncertainty will dissipate, and you could actually have a reason to try going into a romantic relationship with the guy. Maybe then you would get over your fear of rejection. But maybe not.
Hansol then sighs heavily and scratches the back of his head before pulling you out of the booth. "Hey, I have an idea. Come on Y/N."
"Wait, what?" you yelp when your arm gets tugged at again. You reluctantly let yourself be led out of the café, leaving your half eaten salad untouched. Your friends wave at you when you exit, and once the door shuts, you shoot a look at him. "Why'd we just leave?"
He turned to face you and said. "Do you trust me?"
You shrug in response, unsure where he's going with this. "Of course I do, but where are you planning to take me?"
Hansol smiles as he puts an arm around your shoulder, leading you further and further away from the café.
"Let's give Mingyu some competition."
"Competition? Why, how?"
"By having a fake relationship. Make him think you've got another man, and then hopefully you two will settle on an agreement together or end it all," he replied simply.
"You really want to get your ass kicked by Mingyu, don't you," you ask dryly and shake your head. "Why do you even want to get involved in the drama?"
"Someone has to," Hansol snorts, turning a corner to the parking lot. "Besides, we can get him riled up. And if we get enough jealous tension, he'll ask you out. Then boom, job well done."
"Look, Mingyu and I may not be official, but I'd never stoop that low as to cheat." Your tone is firm and a little exasperated.
"It's not cheating if you're not dating him," he fires back, and you bite the inside of your cheek. He's right. The man you've been crushing over has never called you his girlfriend, and therefore you aren't doing anything wrong.
But you never intended to lie to him and keep a secret about this. How could you? Mingyu doesn't deserve it. And besides, if you wanted a real relationship, you wanted something solid. Not temporary or fake, especially if you wanted it with Mingyu. "This isn't gonna make me feel good in the slightest."
"Trust me," he responded, a playful grin plastered across his face.
"Do I even have a say in this?"
"Do you have anything better to do?" Hansol retorted.
That shuts you up for a while. After pondering his offer for a couple more minutes, you heave a huge sigh and shrug your shoulders defeatedly. "When you put it that way, no."
"Good!" He smiles victoriously and hugs your side closely. "Now that that's over with, what do you want for lunch?"
As much as you want to protest, his arm has stayed tightly around your shoulder, and after a few more moments of consideration, you choose to shut up and lean into his embrace, enjoying the warmth and intimacy. He's just so warm.
Maybe pretending to be someone's girlfriend will give you a chance to think and get some perspective on things.
"Pizza sounds nice," you grin up at him, looping your own arm with his.
"Perfect! Pizza it is."

A week has passed since your lunch date with Hansol, and apparently word spread like wildfire between your group of mutual friends about the fake relationship. You were getting messages right and left from every single one of them asking about the status of your newfound 'romance'.
But you aren't the only person they are annoying with questions. You notice that Hansol is fielding the exact same interrogation from everyone in your group circle, and honestly, you feel a tad guilty knowing how nosy your friends are being with him, knowing the purpose is to get Mingyu to finally cave in and accept a real relationship.
Mingyu looks like he doesn't even want to breathe in front of you anymore ever since the rumor began circulating. Not that you blame him. The first time he laid his eyes on the pair of you since word broke out, his eyes widened like two giant saucers.
And to think Hansol was literally trying not to make a scene when he had to bring his lips upon yours to 'seal the deal' in public, a show of affection in order to convince everyone that there is definitely something between the both of you, with Mingyu standing literally right beside the both of you. It wasn't even a full blown kiss, just a brush of the lips in a mere second, barely a kiss.
"Just how fast does news travel?" Hansol's jaw practically drops to the ground as he walks you home one night.
"No fucking idea," you scratch the back of your head anxiously and chuckle. You trip on your own shoelace, and Hansol reaches forward to hold your waist and catch you. His body presses snug against yours, and you are met with a wave of overwhelming scent.
It smells wonderful, absolutely irresistible. He always smells nice—a mix of woodsy fragrance and spice, mingled with his natural musk—an intoxicating blend. It’s an attractive scent.
The two of you linger a little longer than necessary, a little too close for two people who are only supposed to be friends, acting like lovers, a little longer than two people in a false relationship should.
It feels comfortable though. Comfortable in your arms, his body pressed against yours, the faint smell of cologne lingering in the air around him, his warm palms against the curves of your waist. It feels different than being in Mingyu's embrace, but not a bad difference. Just different.
The more your nose fills with his fragrance, the harder your mind begins to fog up. What should you do now? The plan was only to pretend to be a thing and get some sense of jealousy to rise inside of Mingyu to then eventually ask you out. But how could you and Hansol remain friends after this?
You bite the inside of your mouth before stepping away, fingers gingerly gripping his forearms. "Th-thanks."
He shakes his head slowly. "Anytime." He clears his throat. "Don't mention it."
He steps a few inches back from you and pulls a hand through his hair. You then hear him sigh deeply. When he lowers his hand and meets your stare, he laughs sheepishly. "This might not turn out the way we think."
You force a laugh and reply, "Probably."
His stare turns solemn. "Are you regretting agreeing to this?"
"No no!" you reply a little too quickly. "Of course not, just a little nervous."
He moves to pat the top of your head affectionately. "It'll be fine. Like I said, just let me take care of you, yeah?"
"Stop that," you swat his hand away.
"But you're cute," his smile widens before kissing your temple and continuing to walk towards your apartment. "We'll think of something. Let's just let it work on its own for a bit."
You know damn well the effect he's having on you with each small act of physical contact. You know full well that with the way his hugs, touches, or kisses are affecting you that your heart rate is picking up the longer you remain in his company. Your mouth feels drier the more you breathe in his scent. You know he feels it too.
One of you has to break the silence. One of you has to voice your concerns.
But you are hesitant to speak and ruin the nice pace that you and your relationship with Hansol have been taking recently. The truth is, you just don't want to stop spending your time with him, to stop being in his warmth. He's a good friend who listens, a kind-hearted friend and good company, a funny and loving friend.
A part of you feels awful that you agreed to fake date him in order to get someone else jealous. It's unfair that he ended up being roped into this whole mess. But a small part of you, hidden deep down within, also wants to stick with the plan. To have him spend more and more of his time with you. And since the both of you have entered into this silly scheme of pretending to have a relationship with one another, this would give you more chances to indulge yourselves in the other's company.
The air feels somewhat tainted, but you breathe in deeply to try to dispel the thick air and shrug, "Sounds good to me."
And the two of you walk along in silence for the remainder of the way.
Your insides start feeling conflicted and chaotic. Part of you hopes that Mingyu will notice you spending time with Hansol, which you have been doing frequently, and that he gets jealous and angry because he is secretly pining for you just as you are for him.
And part of you just doesn't give a fuck and wants the relationship between you and Hansol to continue until...
Until what exactly? When and how could you guys bring this facade to an end?
Just a bit more. You want just a little more time together, a little more fun with him. The truth is, you wouldn't have wanted to spend less time with him. You're curious now. It was as simple and as stupid as that. You have never spent time with Hansol, just one on one together. Sure, you've always hung around each other in large groups, or some others were there, but still, never one on one.
And for the life of you, you never thought he would have such an effect on you, nor the other way around.
You swallow and look back at Hansol, his facial features, every line and dip of it, down to his body movements.
Now you really wonder what could've happened between the two of you had you two not been pretending.
"Get home safe and sleep tight," he smiles at you. He's so, so beautiful. So warm. "Message me when you do."
Your heart skips a bit and before you have any time to hesitate, you give in to instinct and stretch on your tippy toes to kiss his cheek gently, hoping you didn't cross any boundaries or lines you shouldn't. "Goodnight," and you disappear into the warmth of the lobby, press the elevator button and take in a deep, calming breath.
You check your phone in a half asleep haze and see that Mingyu has sent you a text.
'Are you and Hansol a thing now?'
You tap the glass quickly and reply, a little afraid at how the response may affect you or change you. But this was going to happen at some point.
'Yes.'
For the remainder of the day, you replay the expression of Hansol and how his face softens when you enter his line of sight, and the way his arms feel snuggly around you whenever he's pulling you close or for a side hug.
Yeah, you know for a fact that Mingyu is smart enough to connect the dots. You just hope that your little stunt ends up working out in your favor.

Two weeks into the fake relationship, it gets increasingly easier and more natural being in Hansol’s company. A kiss here and there on the cheek or temple is no longer awkward or unnerving. The physical contact doesn't weird you out anymore, and when he wraps his arms around you to hug you, your heart has stopped jumping in your chest. Your heartbeat remains steady and calm.
Things are surprisingly casual between you both. You start to invite him over to your place more frequently. For lunch, a cup of tea or coffee. You like having him in your space. His company is sweet, and every conversation, no matter the content of discussion, you can't help but crack a smile. He's nice and warm, a sweetheart to be exact. And sometimes you find yourself watching him cook up a storm in your kitchen whenever he offers.
At this point, it feels too real. All of it. The hand holding, the constant close proximity to each other, and you like it. The amount of attention and consideration given to you by him, a man you just decided to spend time with out of the spur of the moment, and you are enjoying his company more than the original plan was supposed to.
"What's wrong?" Hansol places his palm across your forehead worriedly, and you lean away, shooing his arm.
You mull over a reply, trying your best not to come off too rude or hasty. But you honestly have a lot of stuff you want to share with him. "I'm confused. I feel so different now... and I'm not sure if it's a good or bad feeling."
"Bad and good... about?" Hansol tries to prod, and you shake your head.
"Mingyu. Me. Us. I'm just confused about what's happening between the three of us," you answer simply, unsure of how to phrase it. You aren't sure about your feelings and emotions right now. "All this and..."
He slouches back and leans forward onto your bed, lying on his belly and looking at you through his long eyelashes. You blink, surprised to see him look like a curious puppy. Your hand comes over and pets the top of his head tenderly, and his smile deepens in reaction.
"Me being like this is probably affecting you in a weird way," his expression is soft, and yet his smile looks a bit tense. "Right? Maybe me acting this way is messing you up. Especially in a weird way. Since this entire thing was to make another dude jealous, and we are faking it. Maybe you're having mixed feelings because of it. How could you not? Maybe we shouldn't keep up with this."
"I don't know. My own feelings and thoughts are a mess right now," you sigh and tug the bottom of his sweater, pulling his form over you to lean into your side and snuggling against him, loving the natural scent and warmth he has, enjoying the subtle intimacy.
"If it's getting too uncomfortable for you, just say the word, and I'll drop it, okay?" Hansol mumbles next to your ear. "This is already bad enough, Y/N, having these kind of feelings for you is fucking up my head."
"You have feelings for me?" your eyes widen and your heart skips a beat. A tingly, good feeling blossoms in your chest, and it stays warm there. It feels wonderful and almost intoxicating, leaving you craving to have him be by your side or be near him. That is, if you let him.
You bite your lip. Fuck. What are you thinking? How could you let yourself feel anything at all for someone other than Mingyu?
His answer is hesitant, even a little stuttered and slow. "That's what I... yeah, guess so."
In the past week, your mind has been everywhere but yourself. It had only started to register now that he said so much, but no words could pass through your lips and into sound. All you were able to muster was a soft, quiet: "Oh."
Hansol pauses and gazes straight into your eyes. His nose nuzzles yours softly. Then his eyes narrow, and he leans into you. Slowly, he nears you. He pauses and gently, ever-so-softly, and sweetly kisses you. The tip of his nose grazing yours gently.
His hands brush a lock of stray hair behind your ear before leaning back from you, cupping your cheeks and caressing the soft surface. The entire scene looks sweet and tender. "Is this okay?"
He's asking to kiss you. Aot just any kiss, a real, actual kiss. This is going against the original plan. What's worse is that it's turning your world upside-down.
You gave yourself a mental shake. God, what a mess. You're starting to get infatuated by him.
This isn't the same type of butterflies that happens when you're around Mingyu.
With Mingyu, he makes your entire world stop. It's like those scenes from your favorite rom-coms: the ones you swoon at, making you lose track of time and melt right before your screen, never wanting the movie to end.
With Hansol, it's... different.
It's sweet and cute and warming. A cozy, loving feeling settling deep within your bones and giving you tingly good feelings all over. A nice, calm and soothing feeling taking over and embracing you.
You nod. "Yeah, it's okay," and he's quick to move closer. Hansol's nose brushes your jaw, and the both of you angle your head towards each other, noses touching. "It's more than okay, actually."
A small smile, gentle and calm, stretches on his lips, and his hand comes over to cup your jaw and slowly pulls you closer. His warm lips touch yours. Your head begins to buzz, and everything feels a little lightheaded and woozy. He smells nice, and his hand is strong but comforting in a way.
Nothing lasts long, though, and he pulls away, stroking your cheek a bit and turning you back to face him, studying every little bit of your facial structure and expressions. "As much as I've waited for this, we have to stop now before we get caught up in each other and start doing more than kissing," he laughs, pressing another peck and resting his forehead against yours and closing his eyes.
You've always thought Hansol is incredibly attractive. Any woman with eyes can see it.
And ever since you agreed to this whole fake dating plan, it's not the first time your brain has registered the attraction that you felt for the male in front of you.
Even now, it's not the first time. But now the attraction you were feeling was no longer platonic. He is just too charming and funny, warm and sincere to not be attracted to and you're grateful, and not at the same time, because it was making your entire world start spinning a little.
But at the same time, you also remembered how Mingyu made you feel the same, and then a twang of guilt aches in your chest at the thought of losing the guy you had originally intended to fall for. You sigh and close your eyes. Fuck. This is a huge mess you just made.
Your arms move forward to circle them around his waist, pulling him in a close embrace. You need comfort right now. Hansol doesn't protest or try to fight the movement, but you hear him sigh contentedly, and he pulls you even closer.
You inhale deeply his natural smell of spices, pine, and cologne. His natural scent that is. And damn, did he smell amazing.
"Hansol?" Your head rises from his shoulder, and you look at him.
"Hmm?" he grunts, tilting his head down to gaze at you.
You lean up to capture his lips with yours once more in the same manner. It’s tender and sweet, and something shifts a bit. It feels natural being close to him like this, not as foreign or awkward. You realize the chemistry you have is good between the two of you. His gentleness and demeanor makes it easier to mesh together. He feels safe, warm. And you like it.
It feels different from when you're with Mingyu, but not a bad difference. Just different, like nothing you had imagined it could. It's a new emotion and sensation, something to experiment with. You're unsure what it all means, and it frightens and exhilarates you at the same time.
"I want more of you," the words spilt from your lips faster than your brain could comprehend or your mouth could stop the words from coming.
"More?" Hansol echoes, blinking owlishly, eyes full of curiosity.
"Uh," your mind tries to form a coherent thought to save face, to cover up what just happened. "N-nothing! Nothing."
He laughs before pushing a lock of hair from your forehead and leaning down to whisper into your ear, his deep voice sending chills all down your body and back. "Well, I want more of you too."
"I'm not saying that we're together or anything," you murmur, fighting off a shiver. "Just... just let me have whatever is going on. A little while longer. Okay? Can we?"
"Ditto. Like you just said, no labels. It's just me and you," Hansol hums in agreement, wrapping an arm around your waist and drawing your frame close.
As if there aren't a lot of feelings to explore and unravel, Hansol leans forward and claims your lips in a softer kiss. Loving and warm. Not as heated or passionate like Mingyu or full of emotion like the one just a minute ago, but soft.
Sweet. Comfortable.
You find that with each kiss and each minute that goes by, the more lost your brain and body gets. The more into the sensation that it forgets who he is or why the kiss was happening in the first place. The more you feel the strong and protective hands that hold you, and his scent fills your lungs, the more and more you realize how much you want his company and how badly you need him to make sense of yourself.
The truth is you are scared of losing Mingyu, losing the 'you and him' together because of Hansol and his presence, who has been steadily becoming a source of comfort for you and the confusing muddles of thoughts in your head.
Because of the immense and growing warmth of him, the growing affection you have towards the male has become impossible to ignore and push down. It's unlike anything you've had before, unlike the wild sparks of desire and heat that you had felt with Mingyu and the comfortable familiarity the two of you shared.
The passion is burning hot, a blazing bonfire that blazes and spreads as far as your senses can feel, licking at your flesh and feeding your desire for the guy before you. It's the dangerous heat you yearn for, but it isn't one that burns. It's gentle.
The gentle, loving way he treats and holds you. The soft kisses and soft way the tips of his fingers rub across the delicate skin of your arm as the hand draws a languid pattern across your waist, coaxing your frame closer.
"Fuck, Y/N," he mutters as he hovers above you with a gaze so focused on you, you have a difficult time hiding the effect he's having over you. Your hair is splayed wildly behind your head, fingers tangled in the short dark strands of his hair, tugging him close.
"What?"
"Don't say anything and just—" his lips descend upon your own again, biting and licking the delicate skin to savor the taste, memorize and take in every bit that he can. "Stop talking. Let me make you feel good," his head lowers and pecks the skin of your throat gently before biting the fragile skin, making you flinch and whimper, tightening your hold in his hair.
"Yeah?" you swallow, watching him grind his hips slowly. His dark eyes flicker and become brighter than before, and you watch them gloss over.
"Yeah," his hands come around and lift your sweater upwards, exposing your bra and bare abdomen. He licks his lips, desire flooding into his expression. "Jesus Christ," his warm palms cup your bare flesh, massaging and stroking the soft skin, teasing the waistline of your panties.
He lowers his mouth over the soft flesh. Licking, sucking and biting every square inch he can cover. You gasp, pushing his shoulders for his shirt to lift and come off. He smirks and sits upwards to rid himself of his clothes. "What? Can't wait to get a little more skin-on-skin?"
"Stop talking and just do," you mutter and sit upright to pull his face close to yours and claim his lips. "Make me feel good, yeah? You offered."
His gaze turns a little fiercer and lustful. "Don't have to tell me twice."
One hand falls back against your pillow, and the other buries itself in his soft, dark hair. You groan quietly against his lips and pull him closer. You aren't sure what brought you to do it. Hell, you aren't sure why you've let it continue and escalate. Maybe it’s because you have become curious. Curious about having sex with someone other than Mingyu. Curious if sex with Hansol would be as exhilarating, earth shaking or out of this world like with Mingyu. You and Hansol might not be a couple just like how you and Mingyu weren't one. But that still doesn’t stop the heat and electricity, the high the friction created and the way his hands touch and knead your breasts from building up a white-hot, intense energy to leave you gasping.
You hear him whisper his compliments, and it isn't long before he's slipping your panties past your knees and sliding between your thighs, his mouth enveloping the soft and sensitive bud. Your fingers are sliding into his hair and pulling him closer. You aren't sure how you look like this, but judging by the glazed look on his face, he doesn't seem to be complaining.
"Just like that, Hansol," you whimper and tug at his locks. "Fuck, you are good with your mouth."
"Babe, you have no idea how amazing you sound right now," he chuckles, holds your thighs down tightly, and kisses the swollen bud lightly. "I'm no Mingyu but, I'll do my best to make you come, and cry, and scream and feel like a fucking queen, yeah? Do me that favor."
You chuckle and groan softly, tilting your head back. Hansol is right, he's not Mingyu. But even without the sheer size, muscle or mass, he’s still holding his own and damn well giving you a good fucking experience. He knows exactly what to do. Hansol's fingers squeeze your thigh, and before you can say another word, the flat of his tongue licks slowly. "Taste so fucking good."
"Jesus fuck— don't say another word. Just," you take a deep breath, "just keep going," you shudder and roll your hips upwards.
He gives a light laugh and works his fingers around your flesh, flicking and rubbing your most sensitive place and chuckling a bit when your hips buck, and the sweet sounds of moans fall from your parted lips. "Mhm, keep those pretty lips parted for me. I want to hear every little beautiful sound, every breath you take." When his thumb rubs between your clit, it is slow and steady. "Don't hold it back," Hansol groans softly.
Your back arches and lips part when he strokes and licks at the pink, swollen bud of nerves, the rough pad of his thumb slipping past your soaked slit, rubbing in tight, little circles.
Your eyes slam shut, and your fingernails dig into the sheets as you fight hard not to come apart. No words need to be spoken, just the mutual need to touch, the need to be consumed. He fucks his tongue inside your cunt, licking your swollen bud. Licking, stroking and driving you insane.
"Hansol!" you scream his name and arch your hips, legs twitching uncontrollably, toes curling into the bed sheets beneath your feet. "Oh God. Please!"
Your core and insides twitch, and you scream loudly as the orgasm crashes over, wave after wave of pleasure, unable to catch the breath Hansol had knocked right out of you. He licks his bottom lip and smirks at you.
And only then do you realize how he has moved away from his spot to position between your parted knees and line himself at the center of your throbbing entrance. "All ready for the real fun," he moans and sinks slowly, inch by inch into you.
And when he does, his cock fills and stretches you deliciously.
"Fuck, so fucking good," Hansol growls and moves slowly, almost languidly.
He's not as big as Mingyu, but he still hits all the right spots, and it's enough, more than enough, to drive you fucking crazy. To feel the muscles in his back move under your fingers, to hear his loud groans as he pumps into you. To have his muscled arms around you, holding onto you. To know it was Hansol, Chwe fucking Hansol, fucking and making you a mess, and you are more than pleased.
"Yes!" you moan, enjoying the drag and stretch, the friction. You bite his shoulder and draw out a moan from him as well. "Fuck Hansol!"
You should've known the minute you agreed to fake dating that it wasn't a good idea. Now that you are actually having sex with him and enjoying the ride and the feeling, the urge to do it more is growing more and more each second.
He’s right. He’s no Mingyu. But Hansol has been more than everything, giving it to you as well as Mingyu had, giving it good and just enough, just the right amount to leave you craving for more. You don't know what it is. If it's just how he is during sex, or if it's just you reacting this way with Hansol only because he has just fucked and treated you so fucking good, leaving you addicted.
"How does that feel?" he leans closer and asks in a husky, sensual whisper, punctuating it with a short thrust, and your nails scratch across his lower back. Hansol looks like a damn model with the amount of control and sex appeal he exudes.
"Fucking incredible," you manage to gasp.
Hansol laughs, but it comes out as more of a soft chuckle. A low rumble deep within his throat and chest, the reverberations sending you deeper into bliss.
He rocks his hips slowly against yours, then presses his palms onto the backs of your thighs, pushing your knees wider and pressing his forehead against yours as he lengthens and quickens the strokes of his cock. "Fuck, Y/N, this feels..."
"Yeah," you respond breathily.
"Yeah," he says again.
It felt different than sex with Mingyu. Yet Hansol isn't better or worse, but his tenderness and careful caresses and handling of your body have you flustered. Every touch has a specific purpose. It is, for a lack of better explanation, pure and clean, sincere and passionate.
No shame and no embarrassment as the both of you rock into each other, the tension reaching a breaking point, and your whole body jerks as you come and shout. It seems that Hansol can feel the tipping point because he loses any hint of coordination he had and fucks harder.
"Yes, yes, Y/N," his voice is strained. "You're doing so good."
After he takes what he needs, Hansol follows you over the edge and spills his release. "Fuck," he sighs deeply, taking a shuddering breath and gazing deeply into your eyes. He leans forward, his arms on either side of your head, caging you.
There were no words needed to describe the experience. Your legs hooked around him, bodies stuck together with the heavy, damp and heat of a sticky mess. His forehead rests on yours, and you can see his beautiful chocolatey, caramel brown eyes shine. Your own gaze full of awe and content.
"So I wonder..." he murmurs, gazing into your eyes, studying.
"About?" you swallow thickly, staring back.
"If this is a one-time deal... or not?" his thumb strokes your bottom lip. "I know how much you like Mingyu," his words pause, his throat swallowing and eyes turning a little bit unsure. "But can you not choose him yet? Not just yet?" he inhales through his nose and licks his lips slowly. "I'd like a fair shot. At whatever this is, if I have the chance. Then you can decide after."
Hansol lays there beside your frame and gathers you closer to him, holding you and giving you the chance to rest. It’s comforting, his warmth. And you decide it wasn't as bad or awkward as you had thought, letting Hansol stay longer, maybe spend the night? And being beside him. Maybe having sex with him wasn't the worst or best idea ever. You like him. If you weren't infatuated with Mingyu, he'd have definitely given Mingyu a run for his money.
You hum softly and rest your head upon his broad shoulder. A smile, content and small stretches on your lips. "Yeah. Sure." You agree, making his whole face brighten up.
Mingyu or Hansol?
You were fucked. Absolutely fucked.
#kvanity#ksmutsociety#keopihausnet#cosyhomenet#Winery's Collection Net#svt#svt scenarios#svt stories#svt fanfics#svt imagines#svt smut#seventeen#seventeen scenarios#seventeen stories#seventeen fanfics#seventeen imagines#seventeen smut#svt hansol#svt vernon#seventeen hansol#seventeen vernon#hansol vernon chwe#hansol x reader#vernon x reader#vernon smut#hansol smut
71 notes
·
View notes
Text
First meetings
Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, Part 5, Part 6
Pairing: Jack Abbot x intern!f!reader
Warnings: Jack POV, age gap, voilence against healthcare workers, violence against violent patients, talks of murder, trauma response, Jack is working through his emotional constipation, realisation of feelings, angst, Jack Abbot it down baaaaaad.
Summary: After his intern is attacked by a patient Jack Abbot has to face the fact that pushing people away might not always lead to the best outcome.
A/N: Okay, so this is lowkey a miracle…I don‘t know how I was able to write it this quickly, but here is the Jack POV companion chapter to Part 5, also we get some insight into things reader did not know about. Sooo, there will be two more chapters, mabye more, I don‘t know, I just love them your honor. Also I feel like I could also write this entire series from Jack‘s POV for a second time because it was so fun to work through how he feels about this situation and how he handles it. Hope you enjoy this :)



Shift change had gone smoothly for once, a relief if he was honest with himself. Though there was a small voice in the back of his head telling him not to trust the calm. Shaking his head he tried to get rid of the feeling that had attached itself to his mind like a tick, looking over at one of the work stations he saw his intern standing there. A chart clutched in her hands, her brows furrowed while she read through it.
Suppressing a smile at her expression he glanced at the chart in his hands. It was strangely empty for a Friday afternoon, usually it would be flooded with people that had done something stupid to start off the weekend. He hoped for the best regarding traumas, he was not sure if she could handle another day where people died like flies. The deaths had not hurt him, not really, he had gotten used to it by now, of course they stung, but that pain he had seen in her eyes was long gone from his mind. Still, when he had seen her empty stare and seen the tears he had felt so helpless. It was something he hated more than anything, he was usually in control, usually in charge of the situations he was in, but at that moment he felt like he had lost all sense of control.
He simply couldn’t resist anymore, comforting her, checking in on her, it had taken all the will he could gather in his bones not to call her back then. Too young, too bright, too much goodness ahead in her life to waste time and energy on someone like him. That was what he had told himself for almost a month, but the moment he had seen her in the Pitt it had started to crack, that wall he had built, the excuses stacked on top of each other began to fade away.
Every time half a granola bar was pressed in his hand by her his walls cracked further. There was no point in denying it anymore, especially not now.
In his peripheral he saw someone move, though did not think anything of it until a screech cut through the air. His head snapped up and he saw the figure of a large man shoving Princess to the ground, continuing his way towards someone, he started moving quickly. The only person that might have gone in that direction was his intern.
“YOU FUCKING BITCH!” The guy hollered at the person he seemed to be stalking towards, suddenly cold sweat began to trickle down his spine, he moved quicker, but it was already too late. The guy grabbed his intern, a hand around her throat was all he could see. “YOU FUCKING SLUT! YOU THINK YOU ARE BETTER THAN ME! I WILL KILL YOU!”
"Security!" he shouted as he moved in closer, terror pumping through his system like he was the one under attack, his movements seemed to slow down as his mind singled in on the image of the large hand wrapped around her throat. The shouting from security began, but he couldn’t reach her, it was too far, he was too slow. Suddenly a sharp movement, he had not seen what it had been, but the guy let go of her, stumbled backwards hollering in pain and then he saw her swing. Her fist connected with the guy’s face, an almost thundering crack sounded through the ED. He stumbled backwards, crumbling to the ground. Jack saw the way his head hit the ground, another cracking sound, blood began to pool underneath the man’s head.
Worry seeped into his mind as he moved quickly, he called her name, but her eyes were fixed on the crumpled form of the man on the ground. Again he called her name, this time she looked up at him.
“Are you okay? Can you take a deep breath for me?” he asked, still she simply stared at him, that empty look in her eyes he had seen countless times in the heat of battle.
Gently he said her name again, his hands twitched as he carefully took her face in his hands. Guilt and regret washing over him as he spoke again. He should have paid more attention, he should have been quicker.
“Hey,” he gently squeezed her face, “Are you okay?” he felt his brows furrowing, gentle relief came of him as he saw her eyes regain focus.
“What?” she whispered, hot tears running down her cheeks, brushing past his thumbs. His heart clenched, from the corner of his eye he could see a few nurses and Robby crouched around the man. Robby looked up at him, giving him a soft nod, telling him to take care of her. He could feel her trying to turn her head back towards where the man was laying, but he tightened his grip. It would only make things worse if she would panic about the asshole’s state of well being.
“Don’t look there,” he tried to be as gentle as possible while he spoke, still cradling her face in his hands like it was the most precious thing he had ever held. A few shuddering breaths came from her, with every single one he could feel his heart crack a little.
“I think I need to sit down,” she spoke so softly that it was almost impossible to hear her over the commotion, but he just nodded. Not wanting to let go he moved his hand between her shoulderblades, the other one he rested on her shoulder, gently guiding her towards the nearest chair in the nurses’ station. The empty look had returned to her eyes, a look he knew he never wanted to see again. He should have been quicker, shaking his head slightly he tried to get rid of those thoughts, he could sulk when she was alright. Crouching down in front of her he took her hand, first tapping it, though when her eyes did not seem to come into focus from that he tapped her thigh, his heart clenched as her eyes still did not come into focus. He repeated those actions, trying to get her attention, then finally her eyes seemed to focus and she looked down at him.
“Alright, listen,” he tapped her hand and thigh again, he did not know why, but it seemed like she could lose focus again at any given moment. “I am going to put you in line for an x-ray and a CT for now, just to make sure that nothing is broken or damaged otherwise.” he could barely hang on to his composure, feeling like he might snap at any given moment. His eyes found the bruise, the deep purple handprint around her neck, it made his stomach churn as he thought that this could have turned out so much worse. “While we wait for an x-ray we are going to ice your hand, okay?”
She nodded, slowly he got up from the awkward crouching position he had been sitting in. He was about to walk away to get the ice pack when he felt her grip on his hand tighten slightly. Stopping, he tilted his head in her direction, thinking that maybe she would want him to get something else along with the ice pack. Though then she looked up at him, her eyes red and puffy, lower lip trembling as she looked at him.
“Please don’t leave me,” her voice was so soft, a crack in her words. He felt his heart shatter, his sweet intern, she should never have had to experience this.
“Alright,” he nodded, stopping in his tracks, then looking around, spotting Mateo standing near them. Quickly he waved him over.
“Could you get her an ice pack? And call radiology for that x-ray and CT scan,” he had spoken softly to the nurse, but his focus was back on her quickly. Slowly crouching down again he felt her clinging to his hand like it was the only thing keeping her in the moment. He squeezed back, trying to give her some kind of comfort but that empty look on her face returned, the tear stains were enough to break his heart, to make him want to pull her close and tell her that everything would be okay.
“I treated him,” she whispered, her voice breaking again. “I didn’t do anything wrong,” This time her voice was shaking more violently. Tears began to run down her cheeks again. A quiet sob, then it happened quickly, loud sobs and more hot tears, quiet croaks. His heart shattered as he tried to comfort her. “I didn’t do anything wrong.” She repeated it like it was a mantra, like she was trying to find something that could explain what had happened. His stomach churned as she sobbed softly. Slowly he moved to stand, panic flashed over her face, but dissipated as he pulled her into a hug. It was an odd angle and his back would hate him for it the moment he was able to stand straight again, but right now it was what felt right. Not caring about the way Dana glanced over at him with an amused smile or how Mateo seemed mildly flustered as he brought him the ice pack, telling him that they had bumped her up as best as they could. He could feel the snot and tears seeping into his shirt as one hand found its way into her hair, gently brushing through it, his chin resting on top of her head.
“You didn’t do anything wrong, you did everything right,” he whispered, “You did so well,” he gently rubbed her scalp, trying to get her to calm down a little, “You did so well,”
He remained in that position for what felt like hours until Mateo came back to get her for the x-ray. As he pulled away he pressed a gentle kiss to the crown of her head, her eyes were glazed over at this point and her hand easily slipped from his.
Nausea settled in his stomach as he helped Mateo transfer her into a wheelchair, she didn’t really protest as she was wheeled away. Though he could see her head twitching to look around. It was almost like she didn’t really realise what had happened right now, like her mind had gone into a complete shutdown.
Leaning against a table he pressed the heels of his palms into his eye sockets, letting out a long sigh. Guilt and worry weighed heavy on him. He should have been faster, he should have reacted quicker, hell he should have known something was up the moment the damn shift transfer had gone without a hitch.
“You okay, brother?” Robby spoke softly from beside him. Crossing his arms over his chest he looked at his long time friend.
“Yeah,” he nodded, though his voice sounded rough, like he was about to start crying. He cleared his throat, trying to get his usual tone back.
“You sure about that?” Robby looked at him with that really worried expression, usually only reserved for when he was standing on the ledge of the roof.
“Fucking hell, Robby,” he muttered, looking around the nurses’ station was relatively empty, barely anyone there, “He attacked my intern,” it sounded a lot more possessive than he had wanted it to sound, though right now he did not really care.
“He did,” Robby nodded, “Though she got him pretty good,” Robby spoke softly, “Hit him so hard that some of the bone fragments were shoved towards his brain,” a moment of silence, “And he also has a skull fracture from falling,”
“Serves him right,” Jack spoke, the anger in his voice now less controlled than before, Robby glanced at him for a moment, worry evident in his eyes, but a certain curiosity seemed to linger there as well.
“You know you can talk to me, right?” Robby sounded more concerned about his well being at the moment than the well being of his intern and for some reason that made him furious.
“I am not the one that needs to talk right now,” he snapped at Robby, which made a few people turn their heads. Robby raised an eyebrow, then his hands.
“Alright, if you say so,” he nodded, though their conversation was disturbed by Dana calling out.
“Gloria incoming,” the charge nurse sounded almost as pleased as if someone had told her that all of the staff had called in sick half an hour before shift started.
“Great,” Robby muttered, “I will do the talking,” he gave Jack a warning glare as he saw Gloria marching towards them.
“I heard an intern of yours punched a patient?” she sounded angry, which made Jack’s blood boil. As he was about to open his mouth Robby put a hand on his shoulder, giving him a warning glare.
“Yes, but it was in self defence. He was choking her and threatening to kill her,” Robby sounded so calm about this. Jack tried to see the rational side to this, tried to tell himself that yelling at Gloria was not going to change what had happened.
“If you wait another ten minutes you might see her and her neck with a bruise in the shape of a fucking hand on it,” Jack spoke in a tone as measured as he could. Though he was pretty sure that he still sounded very angry, especially since Gloria looked at him like he was insane.
“Alright,” she nodded, “Have you asked her if she wants to press charges?” she crossed her arms in front of her chest. A snort came from both Jack and Robby at the same time.
“She was practically catatonic when they took her up to radiology,” Robby said in a quiet tone.
“The only thing she said for the past,” Jack looked at his watch, “forty five minutes was various variations of ‘I didn’t do anything wrong’ and ‘He was just a mean patient’” Jack gave Gloria a long, hard stare. The anger slowly ebbing away again, it was replaced by worry again, the worry that she wouldn’t be okay again. That this incident would make her unable to work in this ED ever again.
“She treated him a few weeks ago,” Robby elaborated, “From what some other staff said he was being incredibly rude to the female workers,”
“Gosh,” Gloria rubbed her face, Jack suppressed a snarky comment about Robby having told her multiple times already that shit like this happens when she continues to cut budget on the ED.
“Radiology just called, Mateo is bringing her down again, results should be here within twenty minutes max, you want me to call Tommy to pick her up?” Dana chimed in from the side. Both Jack and Robby nodded at that.
——————
Tommy had picked her up shortly after the results from radiology had come in, nothing was broken, no serious tissue damage. She had still been in that state of dissociation when Tommy had taken her home with care instructions given by Jack and Robby.
He had stayed in the hospital for the rest of day shift, he couldn’t go home. It didn’t feel right, he just couldn’t bring himself to go home.
Leaning against the railing of the roof he looked down on the streets below, the buzz of people below making him less agitated. Still even as he looked down he was wondering what he could have done, if he could have been quicker. It felt like his brain was playing that moment in a loop, if he had looked up when he had seen the movement from the corner of his eye and realised that it was a patient he could have been fast enough. Though at that moment it had not seemed to be an issue.
He should have been quicker, he should have been able to do something, not just move too slowly when her life was in danger. That expression on her face haunted him, that emptiness, the usual kind and gentle features just completely blank. The way she had clung to him like he was the only thing keeping her in this reality had shattered something in him. Shattered these walls he had been trying to keep up. Hell he knew the moment that he wouldn’t be able to keep them up when he had felt that burning hot rage in his stomach when she had joked around with Tommy for the first time.
From the moment she had stumbled in the Pitt he knew that the work he had been putting in keeping away from her for over a month would be for nothing. If he had never seen her again it might have worked, but the moment she had looked at him, eyes wide with shock, he knew that he had already lost. Running his hands through his hair he let out a long sigh. Maybe he had been too pig headed to admit that to himself until now, he probably had been. It had been there from the moment they had first met. He still remembered her appearing beside him, ordering him a refill for his drink. He still remembered thinking that she would leave again if he acted grumpy enough, but he couldn’t, not with those eyes staring right into his very being.
“Not thinking of jumping today?” Robby’s voice sounded tight, he knew that his friend was trying to joke, but both of them knew that this was not why Robby was on the roof.
“No,” Jack paused, “Thinking about the least suspicious way to kill that guy,” he grumbled under his breath as he continued to wring his hands together, like it might give him some peace of mind.
“Don’t think you are the only one trying to figure that out. So, are you going to tell me what that was back down there?” Robby leaned against the railing beside him.
“What do you mean?” At least he could pretend to play dumb for a little while. He knew Robby had sniffed out something was wrong the second he had cradled her face in his hands like it was the most precious thing he had ever held.
“You know exactly what I mean,” Robby gave him that kind of look that he would give patients if he knew they were not telling the entire truth.
“Robby,” Jack sighed deeply, running a hand over his face, a low groan escaped his lips. He knew that he would have to come clean with someone at some point. He had heard the rumours, the bets, he knew that people suspected things about them and he had not made it any better with the way he had acted today. In his inner eye he could already see money being handed around.
“Fuck,” he drew out the u so long that it felt silly to some degree. He knew Robby was probably the safest person to talk to, but hell, he hadn’t even talked to his therapist about it. He hadn’t told anyone about it except for the ceiling of his bedroom.
“That does not sound good,” Robby sounded amused, like he was curious about the entire situation.
“Robby…” Jack turned his head to look at his friend, he was not even sure how to start explaining this, how does one tell another person that they met a subordinate at a bar before ever interacting with them in a professional setting and that said meeting did not only involve talking.
“I care about her,” was all that came out of his mouth. He knew that Robby would want more information than that, though he also knew that Robby would have to pry certain parts of his feelings out of his cold, dead hands if he wanted to have them.
“That much is obvious,” Robby sounded like he wanted to grab him by the scrubs and shake him.
“Jesus fucking christ, Robby,” Jack sighed, rubbing his face again. The guilt, anger, worry and all the emotions of the past day and weeks started to accumulate, they all started to build up and he knew that he needed to do something. He had wanted to keep her out, wanted to make sure that she didn’t get too close, but now he realised that it was too late, he really was a stubborn old man, just like she had said.
“I really got soft, didn’t I?” he laughed as he shook his head. He knew Robby would immediately pick up on the fact that he was trying to steer the conversation away from her. The next words coming from his friend’s mouth felt like a punch to the gut.
“No, you didn’t get soft.” there was a short pause, “You were always soft for her,”
He felt like a cornered animal, he knew he could just tell Robby everything, tell Robby the truth, but he knew that if he did, there was no coming back. It felt like it was the last piece of the wall that had been chipped away, like this would be the last stone that could fall before she could just step right into his most guarded of places. Shaking his head he realised that it had already happened, he just didn’t want to accept it. She had not taken that wall down bit by bit from the outside, no she had climbed over it the first time they had met and began to chip away at it from the inside.
“Yeah, you are right,” he nodded, wringing with his hands, “You know when I first saw her in the ED, I thought, what is she doing here?” a laugh escaped him. Taking a long breath he shook his head, he was really going to tell Robby about this. Though it felt right, to do it on the roof, it was almost like ‘what happens in Vegas, stays in Vegas’.
“When we first met she told me that she just finished med school, but did you think in that first second of seeing her I connected the dots?” Robby didn’t say anything. He simply listened, Jack ran his hand over his face.
“It’s weird, you know, I was trying so hard to leave her behind, leave the memory of her in the past, but she haunted me, so when I saw her in the Pitt at first I thought I was slowly losing it. Not the war, not the pain and suffering I saw, no a woman was making me lose my mind,” a snort came from him.
“Oh, but she was real,” he shook his head, it was like all that what he had wanted to tell someone was now beginning to flow.
“I really thought I could avoid it. I really thought that pushing her away in the first place wasn’t going to come back to bite me in the ass down the road.”
At that comment Robby laughed.
“So what happened down there? I think I realised that trying to keep her out was pointless because she had slipped in far too long ago,”
He remembered her hand on his face when they laid in his bed, the blanket wrapped around them, their legs tangled together, how beautifully she had smiled at him and told him that she wanted to freeze the moment in time. At that moment he had wanted nothing else, he had wanted nothing more than to keep her there with him, never let her leave. He hadn’t known why exactly and even now he didn’t really understand it, but it had been so easy then and it still was.
Now it was all he craved, to have her by his side, never having to let go of her ever again. Being able to see that smile every time he went to bed and every time he woke up.
A warm hand landed on his shoulder, Robby gave him a smile, a smile that showed that he understood. Hell, Robby was probably the person that would understand this situation the most, the person that might actually be able to say something that made it less painful.
“I think I don’t have to tell you what you should do,” Robby simply patted him on the shoulder again, slowly walking away from the railing. Leaving him standing there, knowing that that he had lost the battle with himself long ago.
—————
Tags: @antisocialfiore @fudosl @smileykiddie08 @darksparklesficrecs @tommosgirl06 @rosieposie88
#the pitt#jack abbot#the pitt fanfiction#the pitt x reader#dr jack abbott#jack abbot x reader#dr jack abbot x reader#jack abbot x female reader#michael robinavitch
114 notes
·
View notes
Text
It's Freaking Me Out That You're Not Freaking Out
Guys, ADHD meds are fucking life changing. I'm 1k into writing my next big fic (already titled Wake Up, Sunshine. Secret musician Eddie 👀) AND while listening to All Time Low to get more inspo for songs for THAT fic I was inspired to write this drabble after hearing the lyric the fic is titled after. This fic ignores 8x15 lol. Did not happen here.
Inspired by the song 'Calm Down' by All Time Low
Also on ao3 right here
--
It was the fourth beer, Buck decides, that’s to blame for this. The dishwasher is running, a little louder and clunkier than it should (a problem for tomorrow). The non-dishwasher safe dishes as drying on the rack next to the sink, Eddie claiming they can air dry overnight. Christopher is asleep, and Buck is now three and a half beers deep. Eddie and Chris been home for two weeks, and as happy as Buck is to have them back he also feels like he’s losing his mind a little. He keeps catching Eddie looking at him, soft glances and warm smiles that Buck doesn’t know what to do with. So he keeps himself busy. He thinks he’s deep cleaned the bathroom five times in the last week alone, every cushion cover and sheet set in the house has been soaked and washed, and the fridge and freezer are full of enough meals to feed the three of them for at least a month.
“I think it’s clean now,” Eddie tells him quietly, tilting his head to the side as Buck wipes the counter down for the third time.
“Right,” Buck huffs. “Yeah.”
“You okay? You’ve been weird lately,” Eddie muses, taking a step towards him. Buck has to consciously not back up because he’s never done that when Eddie is near him and apparently Eddie has already picked up on his anxious energy.
“Y-yeah, I just,” Buck sighs, gulping down the rest of his beer to try to find the right words to say. He doesn’t find them at the bottom of the bottle, but what he does find is the courage to be a total fucking idiot. He puts his empty bottle down and closes the remaining distance between him and Eddie, grabbing his face with both hands and drawing him into a kiss that blasts past the platonic line they’ve been toeing in their friendship from day one.
“Mmph,” is Eddie’s muffled response, his hands flailing a little before landing on Buck’s hips as he sighs into the kiss. A particularly concerning thunk from the dishwasher startles Buck out of his stupor and he jerks back, eyes wide and fingers on his lips. What the fuck did he just do?
“Oh god,” he whispers, “oh fuck Eddie, I’m so sorry.”
“Buck,” Eddie chuckles, “it’s -”
“Oh fuck, fuck, Eddie -”
“Buck,” Eddie interrupts, but Buck can barely hear him over the rushing in his head. His hands are shaking and his heart is beating alarmingly fast, and Eddie - is totally calm.
“You’re not freaking out,” Buck says, gasping to catch his breath.
“Nope,” Eddie replies, totally calm. Why is he so calm.
“Why aren’t you freaking out?” Buck asks hysterically. “It’s freaking me out that you’re not freaking out!”
“Well,” Eddie hums, hands finding their place on Buck’s hips again. “I’ve been trying to build up the confidence to do that since I got home. So thank you for taking that off my plate. You’re good at that, you know.”
“Good at - kissing you?” Buck breathes, his shaking slowing to a tremor.
“No - well, yes,” Eddie snorts. “That, yes. But I meant you’re good at figuring out what I need before I even know what I need. So, thank you.”
“Oh. Uh. You’re welcome?” Buck offers uncertainly. “Wait, h-hang on. Did you just say you’ve been wanting to do that since you got home?”
“No, I said I’ve been trying to find the confidence to do it since I got home,” Eddie corrects gently, leaning in to press their foreheads together. Buck glances down and sees that Eddie’s up on his toes a little, and he’s not sure why it’s that visual that does it for him but it is. Buck leans in and kisses him again, which is difficult because Eddie won’t stop smiling.
“So, uh. H-how long have you been wanting to do that?” Buck questions when they break for air.
“Consciously? Since I drove away from you with that fucking U-Haul,” Eddie admits. “Subconsciously? Years, probably.”
“Oh,” Buck replies faintly. “Okay. Uh. Same for me, actually.”
“We always did have a freaky codependency thing going on,” Eddie laughs, brushing their noses together. “Wanna keep it up for the rest of our lives?”
“Fuck yeah,” Buck enthuses, unable to keep his lips off Eddie as they make their way to the bedroom. It was the fourth beer, Buck decides, that’s to thank for this.
--
Tags under the cut. As usual, if you'd like to be added to or removed from my tag list please let me know.
@playinginthunderstorms @inbucksbusiness @elvensorceress @singitforthegirls @sonofatoasterwaffle
@wrongfulruffian @crose84 @carolinahope @heartsfromeden @shealwaysreads
@lookforanewangle @eddiedisasterdiaz @my-brain-soup @mari-lwyd-crytid-blog @mattsire
@oddgreyhound @namesnamesandmorenames @a--a---a @diazpatcher @sassay-fox @sazanahashi
@aphantasias
54 notes
·
View notes
Text

Okay, so it hasn’t even been a day and already we’ve got people complaining about the new Predator (fun fact. It’s the same people that complained about a female protagonist in Prey. You know? The one that turned out to be the best film since the original and resurrected the entire franchise? Maybe, just maybe, those people don’t actually know what the fuck they’re talking about. Just a thought)
The main bulk of the criticism seems to be that they’ve used CGI for the Predator’s face instead of animatronics like in the previous films. Here’s the thing. It’s currently April. The film doesn’t come out until November. That’s another seven months. Do you honestly think the film crew just call it a day as soon as the trailer comes out? Of course not. Post production is still ongoing. There’s plenty of time to clean things up and improve on the CGI.
Also Dan Trachtenberg has already talked about this in interviews. They tried using animatronics in screen tests for this film and it simply didn’t work because the role the Predator plays in this film requires a different kind of performance than in previous films. Look, I love practical effects as much as the next film nerd, and the Predator franchise has some of the best animatronics and creature designs ever, but when it comes to Badlands, I think we’ve finally hit a wall. There’s just no way of conveying subtle emotions or realistic facial expressions using animatronics. It’s too limiting and restrictive. Even in Prey they used minimal CGI to enhance the Predator’s face, so this isn’t exactly new. And it’s worth reminding everyone that, judging by the trailer, they’re still relying mostly on practical effects. They’re using actual locations, physical sets and props. The actor playing the Predator is still wearing the prosthetics and the dreadlocks and everything. The only thing about the Predator that’s CGI is literally the face. It’s also why the design is slightly different. Having the dreadlocks tied back and the lack of a crest gives the VFX crew a cleaner plate to work with when animating the face and reading the actor’s performance motion capture. Also it’s a perfect excuse to give each Predator their own distinct look, so they’re not all identical. Humans don’t all look the same. Why should the Predators?
So can we all just chill out and fucking relax? It’s Dan Trachtenberg. The man behind Prey and 10 Cloverfield Lane. I’m sure he knows what he’s doing.
59 notes
·
View notes
Text
chapter 7.0 ☆ the lock and key theory
ss: 3
wc: 1,763
cw: swearing, food mentions, jokes about disability (from a disabled writer)
a/n: seeing my work while I'm innocently scrolling through the skz x reader tag is WILD y'all

yn's office hours were... interesting. during their first year as a part-time professor, it had initially been pretty boring. no one really came to their office. the students preferred to go to their more serious professor, as it were – and dr jang was definitely more serious and more experienced. she had more of a reputation. which was fine, yn was perfectly happy to lesson plan and do the more computer heavy side of their research in that time. they enjoyed working alone. no distractions.
the second year? not so quiet.
it had started small. justin being the main instigator. he was always one of the more outgoing ones. he came in once or twice a week, bothering them with questions about the material. things he probably could have figured out on his own, but it was kind of nice.
now, yn had justin, and oftentimes a few of his friends, hanging out with them during office hours. doing homework, asking about assignments and essays and sometimes just yapping. and, strangely... yn liked it. sure, sometimes they had to use urban dictionary to decipher the young people language, and deal with the occasional millennial/old person joke, but it was pretty fun.
today was one of the more yappy days, clearly. justin did have his laptop out, precariously placed on his legs, but he was completely ignoring it except to make sure it didn't drop to the floor. instead, he was rambling on about how painstaking sewing beaded fabric was, and stitching and so on. don't get them wrong, yn was absolutely listening, but they were also having something close to a religious experience with today's cheesecake that dr jang had brought up from the cafeteria for them.
"–and i've already managed to break two needles on that stupid stuff, even though I spent ages unpicking the beads by hand, like, at this point, is it even worth it?"
"mmh," yn hummed sympathetically, taking another bite of cheesecake, chewing slowly. shifting on their desk chair, they crossed their right leg over their left to get more comfortable. "well, considering how much you've been talking about this for the last couple of months, I don't think you should give up now just because you're frustrated over some fabric."
justin huffed. "yeah, but it's annoying, and-" he stopped, and yn looked up at him from their lesson plan after a few moments of silence.
"what?"
"nothing, it's just..." he squinted at their knee. "has that tattoo on your knee changed? did you get a cover-up or something?"
"it's not a tattoo, it's my soul mark," yn said, before looking down at their knee in confusion. they were less averse to showing it now that it was pretty much unreadable. or... it was.
"what the fuck..." yn muttered to themselves. it wasn't completely as it was before all the knee surgeries, but it was definitely... closer than it used to be. and even through their sheer tights, they could read a few initials – b.c., s.c., and y.j.. well. shit.
"do soul marks... usually change?" justin murmured.
yn's area of expertise was not soul marks in any capacity, but it couldn't be a coincidence that the only three of their soulmates that they'd seen – and touched – were the ones who's initials they could read now. one? sure. two? weird, but okay. but three? yeah, something was definitely going on. yn hadn't heard of soul marks changing after interactions with soulmates, but then again, they also didn't know anyone else who'd had their marks fucked up, especially to the extent of their one. "uhm... not that I know of..."
"that's... weird."
"... yup."
"does it feel any different?"
"i would have noticed earlier if it did," yn replied.
"do you know why it's doing that?" justin asked curiously, leaning further over yn's desk to look closer at it.
"i... have an idea," yn said to their chagrin.
"cryptic."
"you're my student, you don't need to know about my love life," yn said. "i'm sure you have much more pressing matters to worry about. like... studying..."
"boo. that's boring," justin said, heaving a sigh and draping himself over the back of his chair.
"i feel i should remind you that you have a test next week," yn said flatly. "and while studying may be boring, it does help your results." yn left out that they had not been the most avid studier during their university years. do as i say and not as i do, right? justin didn't have to know.
not that he listened, continuing his impassioned rant about beaded fabric and other things, while yn silently had a mini crisis over the new development in the soulmate department.





"hi," yn mumbled, frowning down at the pan in front of them. they were... attempting to cook dinner, their phone set up against the back wall of their kitchen counter. but it was one of those days when they had to drag a chair into the room so they didn't have to stand up, so it wasn't a particularly nutritious meal. still better than not eating, though.
"hey." the audio from minji's end was... crackly. the connection in the gym she went to was shitty, to say the least. and she'd chosen to accept the video call while on the treadmill, which was a choice, for sure.
chika giggled quietly, and the half-drunk margherita that she held told yn she was at least a little tipsy. her location was unclear, but it was clear she'd found some room away from the main party where she wouldn't be disturbed for a while. "guess who I'm with," she hummed out in a sing-song voice, before turning the camera to bring her companion into frame.
yn, at this point, wasn't surprised at who it was. it was, in their mind, only logical – chika was at a versace event, so was hyunjin, and fate seemed to have it out for them recently, so why wouldn't it be him?
"we're hiding," chika whispered. "it's very loud. and there are too many people. i am quite overstimulated."
"hello," hyunjin said shyly, giving a small wave to the camera.
yn, for all the repressing of their feelings, still couldn't deny how cute he was. it was just one of those things. they suspected it had a little to do with the fact that he was their soulmate... but it was also just one of those things.
"so, what was the stuff in the group chat about your soul mark changing?" chika asked, a shit-eating grin spreading across her face, as if one of my soulmates wasn't unfortunately right beside her.
"shut the fuck- oh, my god, get your furry ass off my counter!" yn complained, getting up off their chair to grab bingus, who was making his daily escapade into the kitchen cabinets. honestly, they wouldn't really have a problem if it was the ones at ground level, but trying to haul the cat's fluffy body out of the top shelf of the higher cupboards every day was just... it took far too much effort. they sighed, walking back into frame, holding bingus like the little baby he was, slumping back down into their chair, breathing a little heavy. "he's such a pest."
"just grabbing your cat has you breathing like that? damn..." minji said with a slight laugh, the background noises of her running slowing down as she lowered the speed of the treadmill.
"yeah, well, health is wealth and I am dirt poor, if you catch my drift," yn said, scratching bingus behind the ears and kissing his little forehead.
hyunjin gasped from the other side of the camera, his eyes going wide. "you have a cat?"
yn chuckled, picking up their phone to hold the camera closer to their kitty. "he's called bingus. i woke up to him sitting on my face this morning."
hyunjin muttered something that the microphone didn't manage to pick up, but evidently chika found it absolutely hilarious in her drunken state. "he's so cute..."
bingus meowed gently at the camera, blinking his wide eyes innocently like he wasn't just trying to use yn's ramen stash as a cat bed, instead of literally any other surface in their apartment. he was a strange one. although, maybe that was just cats in general.
"that he may be, but he also made five escape attempts in the past hour and was sulking until about ten minutes ago because I wouldn't let him risk his life in seoul traffic," yn replied in exasperation.
minji sighed sarcastically, rolling her eyes. "you clearly don't love him then."
"yes, i hate my cat and want him to live an unfulfilling life. he reminds me of that often. maybe i shouldn't have trained him to come with me on my bike. i've given you a taste for danger, hm?" yn smiled down at bingus, kissing his cheek.
"you have a bike?" hyunjin asked.
"yeah," yn confirmed. it was pink, and had hello kitty detailing – what more could you want?
"they're objectively less safe, you know that, right?" minji said. it was a conversation they'd had many times, but it always ended the same.
"i never said it made sense," yn protested. "but, unfortunately, i don't have the luxury of being able to walk everywhere, i'm scared of cars, and me and public transport don't mix well because it's usually too busy to sit down, so... this is my solution."
"i think we should go back," chika said, finishing the conversation abruptly. "i think donatella has some attachment issues," she whispered, not that it was any quieter.
yn chuckled. "alright. see you in a few days."
minji's pout was practically radiating through the screen as she said her goodbyes, to no surprise. it wasn't just donatella versace who had attachment issues.
and so, yn was left alone with their thoughts again while they ate their noodles – and simultaneously tried to stop bingus eating them as well. hyunjin was... nice to talk with. not that they expected otherwise, but... a part of them wished he wasn't. it would have made it easier to reconcile staying away for so long.






< prev ☆ series masterlist ☆ next >
taglist (24/50): @sunfk88 @estella-novella @boo-ven9eance @0sunshinecryptid0 @idiotmaterial @tearsofgenshin @tirena1 @cowboylikemalika @d3kstar @heyheyitsmk @bangchansgirlsblog @geni-627 @4ng3l-ch1ld @vitaniangel-blog @beppybeesnuggets @mythicmochi @imeverycliche @brbwritingfanfic @mavischerry @hanniemylovelyquokka @143hyunes @xindremz @wynn-43 @rtyuy1346
#skz#skz fanfic#skz scenarios#skz smau#skz social media au#skz texts#skz x reader#stray kids#stray kids fanfic#stray kids scenarios#stray kids smau#stray kids x reader#stray kids social media au#stray kids texts#poly skz x reader#poly skz
57 notes
·
View notes